<£.tarentom wss Smes

AN

OLD HIGH-GERMAN PRIMER

'WRIGHT •

HENRY FROWDE

OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS- WAREHOUSE AMEN CORNER, E.G.

Strtcs

AN

OLD HIGH-GERMAN PRIMER

WITH

GRAMMAR, NOTES, AND GLOSSARY

JOSEPH WRIGHT, Pn.D.

AT THE CLARENDON PRESS 1888

[All rights reserved^

•u)

PREFACE.

IN an elementary book like the present it is, of course, impossible even to state all the phenomena of sound-change peculiar to the Old High-German language as a whole, especially when one attempts to make a discrimination between the Upper German and Upper Franconian dialects. I have, however, endeavoured to bring within a comparatively small compass all the really more important features of the language, and fully believe that the beginner who conscien- tiously works through the book, will have acquired such a sound elementary knowledge of the language as will enable him to pursue his further study of German with little diffi- culty, whether from a literary or a purely linguistic point of view. In the MHG. primer many forms were left un- explained which beginners would, no doubt, like to have seen explained. There I mentioned such OHG. forms only as were absolutely necessary for the understanding of the Accidence, intentionally reserving the rest for the present little book. In fact, MHG. grammar will cause little or no difficulty to a student possessing a mere elementary know- ledge of OHG.

vi PREFACE.

I trust that these two little books — imperfect and incom- plete as they are — will contribute something towards further- ing the scientific study of German in England, and fostering among our countrymen a love for that great store of medieval literature of which the German nation is justly proud.

In conclusion I gratefully acknowledge my obligations to Braune's Althochdeutsche Grammatik, Halle, 1886, and to the same author's Althochdeutsches Lesebuch, Halle, 1881, a new edition of which is to appear shortly.

J. WRIGHT.

OXFORD: May, 1888.

CONTENTS.

PAGE

GRAMMAR i

TEXTS :

I. Tatian . 85

II. Psalms 108

III. St. Emmeramer Gebet 109

IV. Otfrid in

V. Das Ludwigslied < . 127

VI. Christ and the woman of Samaria . . . .129 VII. Muspilli . 131

NOTES 135

GLOSSARY 141

GRAMMAR.

INTRODUCTION.

§ 1. By Old High German (OHG.) we mean the High German language from the beginning of its earliest monu- ments in the eighth century up to about the end of the eleventh century. This book treats principally the language as it obtained in the ninth century.

§ 2. OHG. forms one member of the West Germanic division of the Germanic (Teutonic) branch of the Indo- Germanic family of languages.

The Germanic branch consists of: — I. Gothic.

II. Old Norse (Scandinavian), which is sub-divided into two groups : —

East Norse, including Swedish, Gutnish, and Danish. West Worse, including Norwegian and Icelandic.

III. West Germanic, which is composed of Old English (OE.), Old Frisian, Old Saxon (OS.), sometimes called Old Low German, Old Low Franconian (Old Dutch), and Old High German.

§ 3. In OHG. we have to distinguish three dialect groups : —

I. Upper German (UG.), spoken in the highlands of South Germany, and consisting of the Alemanic and Bavarian dialects.

II. Upper Franeonian, consisting of East Franconian (the dialect spoken in the old duchy of Franconia Orientalis) and

2 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

Rhenish Franconian (the dialect of the old province of Fran- coma Rhenensis).

III. Middle Franconian, the dialect spoken along the banks of the Moselle and of the Rhine from Coblence to Diisseldorf.

This book is chiefly confined to the dialect groups I and II.

PHONOLOGY.

CHAPTER I. ALPHABET AND PRONUNCIATION.

§ 4. The OHG. monuments were written in the Latin alphabet.

Vowel length was either entirely omitted in writing, or was represented by doubling the respective vowelj but sometimes also by using the accents (A, '). The sign ~~, placed over vowels, is here used to mark long vowels.

A. THE VOWELS.

§ 5. The OHG. vowel-system was represented by the five elementary letters a, e, i, o, u, and the digraphs ei, ie (ea, ia), io (eq), iu, ou (au), and uo (ua), the latter having the value of diphthongs.

NOTE. — For i the symbol y was occasionally employed, otherwise y occurred in loan-words only.

§ 6. All the simple vowels had both a short and a long quantity.

The short vowels a, i, o, u, and the long vowels a, e, i, 6, and u, had nearly the same pronunciation as the cor- responding OE. vowels, e had a twofold pronunciation, which is still kept apart in many New High German (NHG.)

GRAMMAR. 3

dialects, according as it represented a primitive Germanic e — cp. e.g. OE., OS., OHG. beran (to bear), beside Greek fapw, Lat. fero (I bear) — or an e which arose from the i-umlaut •of a (§ 20), as Nom. sg. gast (guest), pi. gesti ; nerien (to save) from *na2yan. In the former case e had an open sound approaching that of a, and is generally written e in grammatical treatises, in order to distinguish it from the umlaut-e, which had a close sound approaching that of i.

The following key-words will be of use, as giving an approximate pronunciation, to those unacquainted with Old English.

a as in NHG. m«nn man (man).

a „ ENGL. father hahan (to hang),

e „ „ h<zt (OE. <z?) helfan (to help).

e „ FR. e'te' gesti (guests).

e „ NHG. r*h sela (sou!).

i „ ENGL. z't wiz^an (to know\

I „ NHG. /1m mm (my).

o „ ENGL. not got (God).

6 „ NHG. so hoh (high).

u „ ENGL. full gibuntan (bound).

u „ „ food hus (house).

ei = e + i ,, stam stein (stone).

ie = i + e riet (advised).

The remaining diphthongs ea (ia), io (eo), iu, ou (au), uo (ua), will present no difficulties to the learner who has mastered the key-words to the short vowels in the above table.

NOTE. — The OE. e, which arose from the i-umlaut of a, is generally regarded as having been an open e-sound, but without sufficient basis. A thorough investigation of all the living English dialects might possibly lead to a final settlement of this difficult point of OE. phonology.

B 2

4 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

B. THE CONSONANTS.

§ 7. The OHG. consonant-system was represented by the following letters :— b, c, ch, d, f, g, h, *j (i, e, g), k, 1, m, n, p, q, r, s, t, th (dh), u (v), *w (uu, u, uv, vu, w), x, z.

The letters b, d, k, 1, m, n, p, and t had nearly the same values as in English. The remaining letters require special attention.

c had a twofold pronunciation. It had the sound of our k finally and before the guttural vowels a, o, u, and before consonants, as tac (dqy\ corn (corn), cund (known), cleini (pretty). Before the palatal vowels i, e (except in the com- bination sc) it had the sound of ts, like NHG. z, as lueil (little), ce (to). But, on the other hand, sceidan (to sever), where sc was pronounced like the sch in the English word school.

ch mostly represented a single (guttural spirant) sound like the ch in NHG. or in Scotch loch, as sprechan (to speak). In Upper German monuments it was also used to express the affricata kh, i.e. k + the ch sound in Scotch loch, as khorn (chorn) (corn). See § 60.

f had a twofold pronunciation according as it represented a Germanic f or p; cp. e.g. OHG. fater, OS. fadar, OE. faeder, Gothic fadar (father) with OHG. slafan, OS. slapan, OE. slfflpan, Gothic slepan (to sleep). In the former case it was labio-dental, and in the latter bilabial, f = prim. Germ. f was often written u (v) initially, and medially between vowels, as varan, OE. faran (to go), zwival, Gothic tweifls (doubt).

g, when it represented prim. Germ, g, or rather prim. Germ, g, had the sound of our g in got, as OHG. tag, OS. dag, OE. dag (day); OHG. guot, OE. god (good). But

GRAMMAR. 5

when it stood for prim. Germ, j, it" was a spirant and had nearly the same sound as they in English j^/, as gener (jener), Goth, jains (file, yon)] herige (herie), Goth, harja, Dat. sing, of heri (army).

h, initially and medially between vowels, had the sound- value of our h in hat] finally and medially before con- sonants it was the guttural spirant ch (see ch), as haben (to have}, sehan (to see) ; hoh (= NHG. hoch) (high], naht (= NHG. nacht) (night).

*j (that is i in the function of a consonant) did not occur1* in OHG. manuscripts, but was represented by i (e, g). It had nearly the same sound-value as the y in English yet, as nerien from *nazjan (to save) ; hirteo, Goth, hairdje, Gen.pl.ofhirti(^//zm/); gener (jener), Gothic jains (file, yon}.

q occurred only in combination with u as in English.

r was a trilled sound in all positions as in Scotch, as rent (right), beran (to bear), fart (way), fagar (beautiful).

s was a voiceless spirant in all positions like the s in English sit, as sunu (son), kiosan (to choose), kos (/ chose).

th (dh) seems in the ninth century to have been a voiced interdental spirant like the th in English then, as thenken (to think).

u (v). Single u (v) was frequently written for Germanic f (see f), as uaran, varan (to go). It was also employed, especially after consonants and before the vowel u, to ex- press u consonant, i.e. English w, as suarz for suuarz (black), uurdun for uuurdun (they became).

*w (i.e. u in the function of a consonant) did not occur in OHG. manuscripts, but was generally represented by uu (uv, vu, w), and had the sound-value of English w in wit.

8 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

CHAPTER II. THE PRIMITIVE GERMANIC VOWEL-SYSTEM.

§ 13. The prim. Germanic language had the following vowel sounds : —

Short vowels a, e, i, o(?), u Long „ ®, e, I, 6, u

Diphthongs ai, au, eu.

NOTE. — I. Although pre-Germanic o uniformly became a in accented syllables, e.g. OHG., OS. gast, Goth, gasts (guest} = Lat. hostis, (enemy, stranger), yet it is not certain that o did not exist in unac- cented syllables, cp. e.g. such forms as OHG. tago-llh (daily), etc. Pre-Germanic a and 6 fell together in 6 already in prim. Germanic ; cp. e.g. Lat. frater, with OE. brottor, OS. broUar, Goth, bropar (brother) ; Lat. mater, with OE. modor, OS. modar (mother) : Gr. Doric TTOJS with OE., OS. fot, Gothic fotus (foot}.

2. §§ had an open sound like that in English there, and corresponded in quality with OHG. e, while e had a close sound like e in NHG. reh (roe}, and corresponded in quality with OHG. e, see § 6.

3. In comparing Gothic forms with those of other Germanic lan- guages, it must be observed (i) that Gothic changed every old e to i, and then old i and the i which arose from e both became e (written ai) before r and h; (2) that the o, which arose from u (§ 18), became u again, then this u along with the u which had remained unchanged, became an open o (written aii) before r and h. ; (3) that i was written ei in Gothic.

§ 14. This system underwent various modifications during the prim. Germ, period, i.e. before the parent language became differentiated into the various separate Germanic languages. The most important of these changes were : —

§15. a + E>x became ax, as OHG., OS., Gothic fahan (/o seize) from *farDxanan, cp. Lat. pango, pax. Every prim. Germ, a in accented syllables was of this origin.

GRAMMAR. 9

§ 16. e became i under the following circumstances : —

(1) Before nasal + consonant, as OHG. wint, OE. wind, O. Icel. vindr, Goth, winds (wind), cp. Lat. ventus. This i became I under the same conditions as those by which a became a (§ 15), as OHG. dihan, OS. thihan, OE. tSeon, Goth. J?eihan (to thrive), from *J>ir>xanan, older *)>er>xanan ; cp. the p.p. OS. ge-thungan, OE. ge-o\mgen. This explains why OHG. bintan (to bind), and helfan (to help), belong to the same ablaut-series.

(2) When followed by an i, j, or I in the same or the next syllable, as OHG., OS., Goth. 1st, OE. is (is), from *isti, older *esti, cp. Gk. «m; OHG., OS., OE. stlgan, O. Icel. stiga, Goth, steigan (read stigan), (to ascend}, from *stiigan, cp. Gk. oT«'xa>; OHG. irdin (earthen), beside erda (earth)} OHG. mitti, OS. middi, OE. midd, O.Icel. mitSr, Goth, midjis (middle), from original *medhjos, cp. Lat. medius. OHG., OS. beran (to bear), beside pres. 3. sg. OHG. birit, OS. birid, from original *bh<§reti, through the immediate stages *t36redi, *t3<§ridi, *bfrid(i), see §§ 43, 51.

(3) In unaccented syllables, Nom. pi. OE. fet, older fost, O. Icel. fdetr (feet\ from *fotiz, older *fotez, cp. Gr. Tro'Ses, Lat .pedes. The Nom. pi. OHG. fuozi, OS. foti, Gothic fotjus were new formations; OHG. iz, imper. 2. sg. (eat\ from *iti, cp. Lat. ede.

§ 17. i, followed by a or o, in the next syllable, became e when not protected by an intervening i or j, as OHG., OS., OE. wer, O. Icel. verr (man), cp. Lat. vir. In historic times, however, this law has an exceedingly great number of exceptions owing to the separate languages having levelled out in various directions, cp. e.g. OHG. quec, beside OE.

10 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

cwic, O. Icel. kvikr (quick, alive), the same word as Lat. vivos (vivus); OHG. leben, beside OE. libban, O. Icel. lifa (to live), etc.

§ 18. u, followed by an a or o in the next syllable, became o, except when protected by a following nasal + con- sonant or an intervening i (j), cp., on the one hand, OHG. giholfan, OS. giholpan, OE. geholpen, Gothic hulpans (§ 13, note 3), the p.p. of helfan {to help), beside OHG. gibuntan, OS. gibundan, OE. gebunden, O. Icel. bundenn, Gothic bundans, the p.p. of bintan (to bind) ; and, on the other hand, OHG. got, OS,, OE. god (God), from an original neuter form *ghutom, beside OHG. gutin (goddess) ; cp. further OHG. hucken, OS. huggian, Gothic hugjan (to think).

Every prim. Germ, o in accented syllables was of this origin.

u became u under the same circumstances as those by which a and i became a and I, as pret. sing, OHG, duhta, OS. thuhta, OE. Jmhta, Gothic Jmhta, OHG. inf. dunken (to seem), related to O. Lat. tongere (to know).

§ 19. The diphthong eu became iu, when the following syllable contained an i (j), cp, § 16, 2, and eo when the following syllable contained an a or o, cp. § 18. On these differences rested, e.g. OHG. pres, 3. sg. kiusit (OE. ciest), beside infin. keosan (kiosan), OE. ceosan (to choose); leoht (lioht) (light), beside liuhten, from *liuhtjan (to light) ; teof (tiof) (deep), beside tiufl (depth), etc.

From what has been said in §§ 15-19 it will be seen that the prim. Germ, vowel-system had assumed the following shape before the dissolution of the Germanic parent language ; —

GRAMMAR. 1 1

Short vowels a, e, i, o, u Long „ a, SB, e, I, 6, u Diphthongs ai, au, iu, eo.

The further development of these sounds in OHG. will be briefly discussed in the following chapter.

CHAPTER III.

THE OHG. DEVELOPMENT OF THE GENERAL GERMANIC VOWEL-SYSTEM.

A. THE SHOBT VOWELS OF ACCENTED SYLLABLES.

§ 20. Before entering upon the history of the various vowels we shall here define and illustrate umlaut (mutation), a phenomenon of frequent occurrence in OHG.

By Umlaut is meant the modification of an accented vowel through the influence of an i (j) in the following syllable.

The only vowel which underwent this modification in OHG. was a, which became e (§ 6). Examples: ferit (goes), inf. faran; Nom. pi. kelbir (calves], gesti (guests), beside Nom. sg. kalb, gast; brennen (Gothic brannjan) (to burn) ; heri (Gothic harjis) (army) ; lengi (length), beside lang (long), etc.

a.

§ 21. Germanic a generally remained unchanged in OHG., as OHG., OS., OE., Goth, faran (to go}; OHG., OS. gast, Goth, gasts (guest)', OHG. bant, OS., Goth, band, pret. i. 3. sing, of bintan (to bind).

$ 2 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

§ 22. a became e when followed by an i (j) in the next syllable, for examples see § 20. This i-umlaut of a did not, however, take place in the following cases : —

1. Before ht, hs, or consonant + w, as maht (power), pi. mahti; wahsan (to grow), pres. 3. sg. wahsit; bi-scatwen from *scatwjan (to shade).

2. In Upper German before 1 + consonant, before hh, ch (= Germanic k), and often before r + consonant, as UG. haltit beside UFr. heltit (holds) ; UG. sachit besides UFr. sehhit (he quarrels) ; warmen beside wermen, from * warm- jan (to warm).

3. In words ending in -nissi, -nissa, or -llh, as firstant- nissi (under s landing], kraftlih (strong).

e.

§ 23. Germanic e (usually written e in order to dis- tinguish it from the e which arose from the i-umlaut of a) appears in OHG. as i under the conditions given in § 16.

e appears also as i in a few forms without any apparently phonetic reasons, cp. e.g. fihu, but also fehu, beside Lat. pecus (cattle) ; sibun (seven) beside Lat. septem, and a few others e also became i in OHG. before w (=ww), as kiuuan (to chew), bliuuan (to strike).

The pres. indie, i. sg. hilfu, biru, gibu, beside the infin. helfan (to help), beran (to bear), geban (to give), were probably due to a levelling out with the 2. and 3. sg. hilfis, hilfit, etc.

In all other cases old e was regularly retained in OHG., as fel, OE. fell, Lat. pellis (skin), reht (right), Lat. rectus; neman (to take), related to Gr.

GRAMMAR. 13

i.

§ 24. Germanic i remained in OHG., as wizzan, OS., OE., Goth, witan (to know), cp. Lat. videre, Gk. Ifclv ; OHG. fisk, OS., OE. fisc, O. Icel. fiskr, Goth, fisks (fish\ cp. Lat. piscis.

On forms like skef beside skif (ship), see § 1 7.

U, O.

§ 25. The interchange between u, o described in § 18 obtained also in the OHG. development ; cp. wurken (from *wurkjan) (to work), beside pret. worhta ; pret. pi. butun, beside p.p. gibotan, inf. biotan (to offer)', wolla (wool), beside wrillin (wollen), etc.

B. THE LONG VOWELS OP ACCENTED SYLLABLES.

a.

§ 26. The a, which arose from a according to § 15, remained in OHG. ; cp. denken (to think) beside pret. dahta; hahan (to hang) beside pret. pi. hiangum, p.p. gihangan.

88.

§ 27. as became a in OHG. OHG. slafan, OE. sleepan (to sleep) ; OHG. lazan, OE. Isatan (to let) ; OHG. barun, OE. baeron (we bore)', OHG. sa^un, OE. sseton (we sat), etc.

e.

§ 28. e became developed to ie during the OHG. period through the intermediate stages ea, ia. ie (Otfrid ia, but beside this also ie) is the OHG. normal form from about the

14 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

middle of the ninth century. All four stages occur at different period, as e.g. her, hear, hiar, hier (here] ; ret, reat, riat, riet, pret. sg. of the redupl. verb ratan (to advise).

1.

§ 29. I remained in OHG., as OHG. bi^an, OS., OE. bitan, O. Icel. bita, Goth, beitan (to bite) ; OHG., OS., OE. swin, O. Icel. svin, Goth, swein (pig\ cp. Lat. su-inu-s (pertaining to a pig).

6.

§ 30. 6 became developed to uo in stem syllables during the OHG. period through the intermediate stages oa, ua. Otfrid regularly has ua, but Tatian uo. The stage oa does not occur in Upper Franconian monuments. Examples : — OHG. fuo3, OS., OE. fot, O.Icel. fotr, Goth, fotus (foot), cp.Gk. Doric TTCOS; OHG. fuor, OS., OE., O. Icel., Goth, for, pret. 3. sg. of faran (to go).

U.

§ 31. u remained in OHG., as OHG., OS., OE., O. Icel. hus (house), Goth, hus in gudhus (temple) ; OHG., OS., OE., O. Icel. rum, Goth, rums (room), related to Lat. ru-s (Gen. ru-ris) (open country) ; for duhta, see § 18.

C. THE DIPHTHONGS OF ACCENTED SYLLABLES.

ai.

§ 32. ai became developed to e before r, (old) h, and w, as OHG. mero, Goth, maiza (greater] ; eht, Goth, aihts (possession) ; sewes, Goth, sdiwis, Gen. sg. of seo (sea) ; and finally, we, de, Goth, wai, J?di (woe), (they).

GRAMMAR. 15

In other cases ai became ei, as weiz, Goth, wait (/ know), cp. Gr. cuSa ; stein, Goth, stains (stone) ; steig, Goth, staig (he ascended), pret. sg. of stigan.

au.

§ 33. au became 6 through the intermediate stage ao before all dental consonants (d, t, 3, s, n, r, 1) and (old) h. Examples : — tod, Goth, daujms (death) ; rot, Goth. rauj>s (red) ; goz, Goth, gaut, pret. 1.3. sg. of gio^an (to pour) ; kos, Goth, kaus, pret. i. 3. sg. of kiosan (to choose) ; Ion, Goth, laun (reivard); horen, Goth, hausjan (to hear)', kol, Lat. caulis (stalk) ; hoh, Goth, hauhs (high).

Before other consonants and finally au became ou in the course of the ninth century ; as ouga, Goth, augo (eye) ; houbit, Goth, haubif) (head)] loug, Goth, laug, pret. I. 3. sg. of liogan (to lie); tou Gen. touwes (dew), LG. dau (dew).

eu.

§ 34. Original eu passed through eo into io (Otfrid mostly ia) in Franconian under the same conditions as those by which u became o (§§ 18, 25). This transition of original eu to eo, io took place in Upper German only when the diph- thong was followed by a dental consonant or Germanic h. It appears as iu in UG. and Franconian when the following syllable contained an i (j) (§ 16, 2) or u; and also in UG. before labials and gutturals (except h). Examples : — Fr. and UG. beotan, biotan (to offer), beside pres. indie, i. 3. sg. biutu, biutit ; Fr. and UG. leoht, lioht (light) beside liuhten from *liuhtjan (to light); Fr. leob, liob beside UG. liup (dear); Fr. leogan, liogan beside UG. liugan (to lie), etc.

16 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

CHAPTER IV.

THE OHG. DEVELOPMENT OF THE PRIMITIVE GERMANIC VOWELS IN UNACCENTED SYLLABLES.

A. THE VOWELS OF FINAL SYLLABLES.

§ 35. i. Final long vowels, inherited from primitive Germanic, became shortened already in primitive High German : —

-6 > -u, as biru (I bear) from *bero ; Instr. sg. tagu (by

day) from dago.

-I> -i, as riri from *rizi, imperf. subj. 3. sg. of risan (tofalt).

2. After the completion of this process, then operated the law of syncope, according to which final short vowels, or short vowels followed by a single consonant, disappeared in the final syllable of disyllabic words (with the accent on the first syllable), when the first syllable was long x ; they likewise disappeared in trisyllabic and polysyllabic forms when the penult had the secondary accent. The regular operation of this law was often disturbed by new formations made by levelling.

The regular forms were e. g. Nom. sg. wolf from *wul- faz (wolf) ; Ace. sg. wolf from *wulfan ; irdin (earthly) from *ir)nnaz; then after the analogy of these were made forms like Nom., Ace. sg. tag (day), weg (way).

Regular forms were also weiz (he knows) from *waiti, older *waite = Gr. oiSe ; 1st (is) from *isti, older *esti=Gr. IWt;

1 A syllable is said to be long, if it contains a long vowel, or diphthong, or a short vowel followed by two consonants.

GRAMMAR. 17

Nom. sg. gast (guest), from *gastiz=Lat. hostis; Voc. wolf from *wulfi, older *wulfe=Gr. XiW ; kos (he chose) from *kausi; bant (he bound) from *bandi; meri (sea), cp. Lat. mari-a; wini (friend} from *winiz; tod (death) = Goth, daubus; fluot (flood) = Goth, nodus; fihu, fehu (cattle) = Goth, faihu, Lat. pecus ; sunu (son) = Goth, sunus ; situ (custom) = Goth, sidus ; biru (/ dear). Then after the analogy of these forms were made forms like was (he was) for *wasi ; bir, imper. 2. sg. (bear) for *biri, cp. Gr. (f)cpf ; nim (take) for *nimi, older *nemi (neme) = Gr. j/e'^e; stat (place) for *stati; sun (son) beside sunu ; hilfu (/ help) for *hilf, etc.

3. Later than the shortening mentioned under i., oc- curred the shortening which was experienced in polysyllabic words by the long vowel, after which an -n or -z had been dropped, and by the -g and -6 from older -ai and -au, which were either already final in prim. Germanic, or had become so after the loss of -z, as well as by the -I which had arisen from older -iji. This shortening also took place in prim. High German. Examples : —

Gen. pi. tago (of days) from dagon ; Nom. sg. hano (cock) from *xanon ; Nom. sg. managi, menigi (multitude) from *managm ; ahto (eight) = Goth, ahtau ; will (thou wilt) from *wiliz ; gesti (guests) from gasllz, older *gastijiz, cp. Gr. Tro'Xei? from *7rdXfj« ; blinte, Nom. pi. masc. (&tind) = Golh. blindai ; Loc. sg. (used as Dat.) tage from *dagai, cp. Gr. OIKOI (at home) ; suno (of the son) = Goth, sunaus ; neri, imper. 2. sg. (save) from *nazi, older *naziji; Nom. pi. taga (days) = Goth, dagos, older dagoz.

NOTE. — Forms like hoM (height] had their -I from the oblique cases. The regular Nom. form of geba (gift} would be *gebu or *gibu;

C

1 8 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

geba is properly the Ace. form. The Nom. pi. geba arose from the Ace. form *a;e^6nz. The Nom. pi. form taga (days] is still unexplained ; it is, however, questionable whether the form taga did really exist in OHG.

§ 36. If a nasal or a liquid, preceded by a mute consonant, came to stand finally after the loss of a, it became vocalic (sonantal) and then generated a new a befdre it, as Nom., Ace. eban (even) from *ebn, older *e;bnaz, etsnan; Nom., Ace. fogal (bird, fowl) from *fogl, older *fuglaz, *fuglan ; Nom., Ace. acchar (acre, field) from *akr, older *akraz, *akran; etc.

The a, thus generated, became transferred to the oblique cases also, at first after short syllables, and then later after long syllables as well ; e. g. fogales, wrmtare.

B. THE VOWELS IN OTHEK THAN FINAL SYLLABLES.

§ 37. Here can merely be stated the more important phenomena ; for the rest the student must be referred to the various articles on the subject in Paul-Braune's Beitrage zur Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur, and in Braune's Althochdeutsche Grammatik, Halle, 1886.

§ 38. The i in the preterite and past participle of weak verbs, Class I, was regularly syncopated after long stem syllables, as branta (I burnt), p.p. gibranter ; horta (I heard), p.p. gihorter; beside nerita (/ saved), p.p. gineriter; etc.

§ 39. Medial vowels were often assimilated to final vowels, as keisar (emperor\ Gen. keiseres ; wuntoron (to wonder).

GRAMMAR. 19

beside noun wuntar; sibun (seven) inflected form sibini; etc.

§ 40. In all High German dialects a vowel was developed between medial rh and Ih, as also before W in the com- binations rw, Iw, and sw. The vowel thus developed appeared mostly as a or o, but it not unfrequently regulated itself after the quality of a neighbouring vowel, cp. § 36. Examples: beraht (c!ear) = Goih. bairhts; furhten (to be afraid), beside pret. forhta, forahta; wurken (to work), beside pret. worhta, worahta; felhan beside felahan (to hide)] bifiluhu (/ hide), bifilihit (he hides) ; garo (ready), inflected form garwer beside garawer; melo (meal, flour), Gen. melwes, beside melawes ; Dat. melewe ; zeswa (right hand) beside zesawa.

CHAPTER V.

THE FIRST SOUND-SHIFTING, VERNER'S LAW, AND OTHER CONSONANT CHANGES WHICH TOOK PLACE IN THE PRIMITIVE GERMANIC LANGUAGE.

§ 41. The first sound-shifting refers to the changes which the Indo-Germanic tenues, mediae, and mediae aspiratae underwent in the period of the Germanic primitive com- munity, i. e. before the Germanic parent language became differentiated into the separate Germanic languages:— Gothic, O. Norse, O. English, O. Frisian, O. Saxon ( = O. Low German), O. Low Franconian (O. Dutch), and O. High German.

§ 42. The Indo-Germanic, parent language had the fol- lowing system of consonants : —

c 2

20 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

LABIAL. DENTAL. PALATAL. GUTTURAL,

q

&

%	tenues	P	t	k
"1	mediae	b	d	g
1"	tenues aspiratae .	Ph	th	kh
N	mediae asp.	bh	dh	gh
( voiceless Spirants < ( voiced	V	8 Z	j
Nasals	in	n	^
Liquids		l,r
Semivowels	w		j

NOTE. — i. Explosives are consonants which are formed by complete closure of the mouth passage, and may be pronounced with or without voice, i.e. with or without the vocal cords being set in action; in the former case they are said to be voiced and in the latter voiceless. The aspiratae are pronounced like the simple tenues and mediae followed by an h, e.g. like the th in English pothook, or the//£ in shepherd.

Spirant consonants are those in which the mouth passage is simply narrowed without any actual contact.

2. The nasals and liquids had the functions both of vowels and con- sonants. And in like manner -w and j were the consonants cor- responding to the vowels u and i.

3. Of the different classes of consonants in the above table, this book will only deal with the explosives.

§ 43. The Indg. tenues p, t, k, q became in prim. Germanic the voiceless spirants f, ]>, x1, X (Xw)-

p>f. Lat. pes, Gr. irovs, Goth, fotus, OHG. fuo^, OE. fot (foot}', Lat. nepos, OE. nefa, OHG. nefo, O. Icel. nefe (nephew) ; Lat. clepo, Gr. K\firro> (/ steal\ Goth, hlifan (to steal}.

t>J>. Lat. tu, Goth., OE. ]>u, OS. thu (thou); Lat. verto

1 For this sign see § 9, note.

GRAMMAR. 21

(7 turn), Goth, wairjmn, OE. weorfan (to tecome); Lat. frater, Goth, brojmr, OE. brotfor, OS. broftar, O. Icel. broker (brother).

k>x- Lat. canis, Gr. KVUV, Goth, hunds, OHG. hunt, OE. hund (hound, dog] ; Lat. pecus, Goth, faihu, OHG. fehu, fihu (cattle), OE. feoh {fee, money).

q > X (Xw)« Lat. capio (I take], Goth. hafjan, OE. hebban, OHG. heffen (to raise] ; Lat. vincere (to conquer], Goth, weihan (to fight); Lat. quis, Goth, hwas, OE. hwa, OHG. hwer (wer) (who ?) ; Lat. sequi (to follow], Goth, saihwan (to see).

NOTE. — i. The Indg. tenues in the combination s + tenuis remained unshifted.

st : Lat. est, Gk. Ian, Goth., OHG. ist (is) ; Gk. trrct'xcy (/ go\ Lat. vestigium (foot-step\ Goth, steigan, OE., OS., OHS. stigan (to ascend},

sp : Lat. spuere, OE., OHG. spiwan (to vomit}.

sk : Gk. otto (shadow], Goth, skeinan, OE., OHG. scinan (to shine).

sq : Gk. QVO-GKOOS (sacrificing priest), OHG. scouw6n(/£» look, mew).

2. The t also remained unshifted in the Indg. combinations pt, kt, qt.

pt > ft : Gk. /cAeTTTT^y, Goth, hliftus (thief), cp. English shop-lifter ; Lat. neptis (grand-daughter, niece), OE., OHG. nift (niece).

kt > xt : Gk. QK-rfa, Lat. octo, Goth, ahtau, OE. eahta, OHG., OS. ahto (eight).

qt > xt : Gen. sing. Gk. VVKTOS, Lat. noctis, Nom. Goth, nahts, OE. neaht, OHG. naht

§ 44. The Indg. mediae b. d, g, g became the tenues p, t, k, k (kw).

b>p. Lat. lubricus for *slubricus (slippery), Goth, sliupan, OE. slupan (to slip); Lithuanian dubus (deep), Goth, diups, OE. deop (deep).

d>t. Lat. ducere (to lead), Goth, tiuhan, OE. teon (to draw) ; Lat. videre (to see), Goth., OE., OS. witan (to knoiv\

22 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRI&ER.

g>k. Lat. genu, Gr. yo'w, Goth., OHG. kniu, OE. cngo (knee) ; Lat. ego, Gr. eyw, Goth, ik, OS. ik, OE. ic (/).

g>k (kw). Lat. gelu (frost), Goth, kalds, OE. ceald, OHG. kalt (cold) ; Lat. augere, Goth, aukan (to increase), OE. part. adj. eacen (great).

Lat. vivos, Gr. jSior, Goth, qius (stem qiwa-), OE. cwic, OHG. quec (quick) alive] ; Gr. epf/3os, Goth, riqis (stem riqiza-), (darkness).

§ 45. The Indg. tenues aspiratae seem to have become voiceless spirants in prim. Germanic, and thus to have fallen together with the voiceless spirants which arose from Indg. tenues ; their occurrence, however, in prim. Indg. was so rare that they may be neglected here.

§ 46. The Indg. mediae aspiratae became probably first of all the voiced spirants b, d, g, g(w). For the further development of these sounds see §§ 48-50.

§ 47. The remaining Indg. consonants suffered no further material changes which need be mentioned here. Summing up the results of §§ 43-46 we arrive at the following system of consonants for the prim. Germanic language : —

T INTER- T^ PALATAL AND

LABIAL- DENTAL. DENTAI" GUTTURAL. Explosives : voiceless p t k

Spirants: { voiceless f J» *

( voiced. "b a z g

Nasals : m n »

Liquids'. 1, r

Semi-vowels'. w j (palat.)

GRAMMAR. 23

§ 48. 15, d initially, and b, d, g medially after their corresponding nasals, became the voiced explosives b, d, g in both Gothic, O. Norse, and West Germanic (§ 2) :—

b. Goth, bairan, O. Icel. bera, OE., OS., OHG. beran (to bear), Skr. bharami, Gr. $<?/><», Lat. fero (/ bear).

OE. comb, OHG. chamb (comb), Skr. jambhas (tooth], Gr. yo^os (nail).

d. Goth, dags, O. Icel. dagr, OS. dag, OE. dseg (day\ Skr. ni-daghas older, *ni-dhaghas (hot season, summer) ; Goth., OE., OS. bindan, O. Icel. binda (to bind), Skr. bandhanan.

g. OS., OHG. engi, O. Icel. pngr (narrow) ; cp. Lat. ango, Gr. oy^a (I press tight).

§ 49. b, d, g remained in other positions, as OS. ne'bal (mist), Lat. nebula, Gr. i/e^eA?;, cp. Skr. nabhas (cloud) ; O. Icel. rodra (blood), Skr. rudhiras, Gr. cpvOpos (red) ; OE. giest, OS. gast (still spirantal in the modern dialects) (guest), Lat. hostis (sir anger, enemy) ; OE., OS., OHG. stigan (read stigan), Goth, steigan (read stigan) (to ascend), Gr. OT«I';(&> (I go), Lat. vestigium (foot-step).

NOTE. — 3 was dropped in the initial combination gw = Indg. gh, OE. wearm, OHG. warm (warm], Skr. gharmas, Gk. Ocppos, Lat. formus (warm}.

§ 50. The further development of b, d, and g belongs to the history of the separate languages.

Verner's Law.

§ 51. After the completion of the first sound-shifting, and while the principal accent was not yet confined to the root- syllable, a uniform interchange took place between the voice- less and voiced spirants, which may be thus stated : —

The medial or final voiceless spirants f, b, x, xw, s regularly

24 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

became To, d, g, gw, z when the vowel next preceding them did not, according to the original Indg. system of accentua- tion, bear the principal accent. This law manifests itself most clearly in verbal forms, where the infinitive, present tense, and pret. sg. had the principal accent on the root- syllable, but the indie, pret. plural, the imperf. subj. (properly optative), and past participle had the principal accent on the ending, as prim. Germ. *wer]?o (/ turn], pret. 3. sg. *war])i, pret. i. pi. *wurdumi, past part. *wtirdana-. Or to take examples from noun-forms we have, e.g. Gr. 7raTep-=prim. Germ. *fadǤr- (father] ; Goth., OE., OS. hund (hundred] from *xundam, cp. Gk. CKOTOV, Lat. centum, Skr. catam.

The combinations sk, sp, st, ss, ft, hs, and ht were not subject to this law.

NOTE. — i. The primitive Germanic system of accentuation was like that of Sanskrit, Greek, etc., i.e. the principal accent could fall on any syllable; it was not until a later period of the primitive Germanic lan- guage that the principal accent was confined to the root-syllable.

2. Verner's law is unfortunately very often imperfectly or entirely wrongly stated in English books, which generally state it as follows : — The voiceless spirants became voiced if the principal accent followed them. But when the law is thus formulated, it leaves unexplained all such forms as OHG. wolf, beside O.Icel. ulfr from prim. Germ. *wulfaz (wolf), Gk. \VKOS from *^\VKOS ; OS. birid (he bears], Skr. bharati ; OHG., OS. Jung, Goth, juggs (jungs) (young) from prim. Germ, juio^as, besides Goth, comparative juhiza (younger) from *juK>xizo (k 53); Goth. 2 sg._ indie, pass, bairaza (thou art borne], beside Skr. bharase, etc.

The following formulae may be of use to the student : —

Indg. asakapatam became prim.Germanic asaxafapam. Then we have asasabadam, azaxalaadam, azagafadam, azaga^apam, azaga- ftadam.

f— "b. Goth. J>arf (/ need}} pi. J?aurbum, b=t5.

GRAMMAR. 25

]> — ft. Goth, frapgan (to understand}', frodei, (d=S), (iinder standing).

s — z. Prim. Germ, pres, i. sg. *keuso (/ test} ; pret. i. pi. *kuzumi, p.p. *kuzana-.

The West Germanic languages and Old Norse regularly developed this z to r : thus e.g. *kuzumi became OE. curon, OHG. kurun, O. Icel. kurom.

X — g- Goth, aih (I have) (read aix) ; pi. aigum, g=g.

Xw — gw. Goth, saihwan (to see) ; pret. i. pi. *B§gwumi, cp. OE. sj»gon (we saw).

gw became g before u; in other cases it became w, as Goth, magus (boy}, beside mawi (from *ma[g]wl) (girl).

Other Consonant Changes.

§ 52. Every labial + t became ft, as Goth, skapjan, OE. scieppan, OHG. skephen (to create}, beside Goth, gaskafts, OE. gesceaft, OHG. giscaft (creature} ; Goth, giban, OE. giefan (read Is), OHG. geban (to give}, beside OE., OHG. gift (gift); Goth, faurban, OE. Jmrfan (read*b) (to need}, beside pret. sg. Goth, baurfta, OE. borfte.

Every guttural + t became ht, i.e. xt, as Goth., OE., OHG. magan (to be able), pret. sg. Goth, mahta, OE. meahte, OHG. mahta (mohta).

Every dental + t became either st or ss, as Goth., OE. witan (to know), 2 sg. Goth, waist, OE. wast, OHG. weist, pret. sg. Goth, wissa, OE. wisse, OHG. wissa.

§ 53. Guttural n (ID) disappeared before x^ as Goth., OHG. fahan (to seize}, from *far>xa<nan ; OE. ]>enc(e)an, OHG. denchen (to think), pret. sg. OE. polite, OHG. dahte. Cp.§§ 15. 16, 1.17.

§ 54. x became a spiritus asper (written h) initially before

26 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

vowels, and medially between vowels. Final -m became -n, and the consonants which arose from Indg. explosives were dropped when originally final, e, g. Goth. J>an-a = Skr. tarn, Lat. is-tum; Goth. hwa=Lat. quod.

CHAPTER VI.

SPECIAL WEST GERMANIC MODIFICATIONS OF THE GENERAL GERMANIC CONSONANT-SYSTEM. THE HIGH GERMAN SOUND- SHIFTING, ETC.

§ 55. Prim. Germ, z, which arose from a (§ 51) became r medially, and was dropped finally, as OHG., OS. mero, OE. mara (greater], Goth, maiza ; OS., OE. hord, OHG. hort (treasure], Goth, huzd ; OE. da>g, OS. dag, OHG. tag (day), from *dagaz; OE., OS., OHG. sunu (son) from *sunuz.

§ 56. In West Germanic all simple consonants, except r, were doubled after a short vowel before a following j. This j was mostly retained in OS., but was generally dropped in OE. and OHG., as OS. sellian, OE. sellan, OHG. sellen (to give up), Goth, saljan, ; OS. fremmian, OE. fremman, OHG. fremmen (to perform), O.Icel. fremja ; OS., OHG. kunni (race), Goth. Gen. sg. kunjis; frauwa, frouwa (ivoman) from *frawjo- (§ 66).

tjj, dj and gj became bb, dd, and gg. OS. sibbia (re- lationship), Goth, sibja (U) ; OS. biddian, OE. biddan (to request), Goth, bidjan (ft); OS. huggian (to think), Goth, hugjan (g).

OS. skeppian, OE. scieppan (to create), Goth, skapjan ; OS. settian, OE. settan (to set), Goth, satjan ; OS. rekkian, OE. recc(e)an (to relate), Goth, rakjau.

GRAMMAR. 27

For the OHG. treatment of West Germanic bb, dd, gg ; pp, tt, and kk see §§ 60-62.

§ 57. t, p, and k were also doubled in West Germanic before a following r, as OS., OHG. snottar, OE. snottor (wise), Goth, simtrs; OHG. bittar, OE. bittor (bitter), O.Icel. bitr ; OHG. wackar, OE. waeccer (watchful), O.Icel. vakr; OHG. kupfar (copper) from Lat. cuprum. These consonants were also sometimes doubled before 1, as OS. luttil, OHG. lutzil (little) ; OHG. aphul, OE. aappel (apple), O.Icel. epli.

The High German Sound-shifting.

§ 58. The most striking feature in which High German differs from the other West Germanic languages is the general shifting which certain consonants underwent. This process had its beginning before the period of the oldest HG. monuments, and was practically completed by the end of the eighth century. The prim. HG. language had the following explosives and spirants : —

LABIAL. INTER" DENTAL. GUTTURAL.

DENTAL.

T? -L 7 • f voiceless p t k

Explosives \

( voiced b d g

Sfirant,

I voiced b d: g

NOTE. — b occurred initially, medially after m,and in the combination bb (§§ 48, 56). d occurred in all positions, g occurred medially after 10, as also in the combination gg, and probably also already initially.

§ 59. The only consonants, which were shifted throughout the whole of the HG. dialects, were the voiceless explosives

28 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

p, t, k. The shifting of the voiced spirants and explosives did not extend itself over all the HG. dialects. The shifting of }j to d through the intermediate stage d took place in historic times; beginning first in Upper German about 750 A.D., it gradually extended itself over all the HG. dialects by the end of the eleventh century.

§ 60. The voiceless explosives p, t, k underwent a two- fold treatment according to their position in the word: (i) medially or finally after vowels ; (2) initially, as also medially after consonants (1, r, m, n) and when doubled.

1. Prim. HG. single p, t, k were shifted in OHG. to the voiceless double spirants ff, 35 (see § 7 under z), hh (also written ch, h). Examples : —

p>ff: OE. sl&pan, OHG. slaffan (to sleep) -t OE. open, OHG. offan (open).

t>zz: OE. etan, OHG. ez^an (to eat) ; OE. hwset, OHG. hwaz (what?).

k>hh: Goth, mikils, OE. micel, OHG. mihhil (great)] OS. makon, OE. macian, OHG. mahhon (to make) ; Goth., OS. ik, OE. ic, OHG. ih (/).

The double consonants were simplified according to § 11.

NOTE. — p, t, k remained unshifted in the combinations st, sp, sk, as also t in the combinations tr, lit, ft. .

2. p, t, and k, initially, as also medially, after consonants (1, r, m, n) and when doubled, became shifted to the affricatae pf (ph), tz (generally written zz and z), and kh (ch), see § 9. Here' a distinction must be made between the various dialects.

p became pf in Upper German and East Franconian, but remained unshifted in Rhenish Franconian, except after 1 and r.

GRAMMAR. 29

t became z in all HG. dialects.

k became kh (ch) in Upper German only, in the other dialects it remained unshifted. Examples : —

p>pf : OS. plegan, UG. and E.Fr. pflegan (to care for), beside R.Fr. plegan ; OE. helpan, UG., E.Fr., R.Fr. helphan (to help)-, OE. forp, UG., E.Fr., R.Fr. thorph (village]', Goth, skapjan, OS., OE. scieppan, UG., E.Fr. skephen (skepphen), beside R.Fr. skeppen (to create].

t>z: OE. tlen, OHG. zehan (ten); OE. heorte, OHG. herza (heart) ; Goth, satjan, OS. settian, OE. settan, OHG. setzen (sezzen) (to set); OE. sittan, OS. sittian, OHG. sitzen (to sit).

k>kh: OS. korn, OE. corn, UG. khorn (chorn) beside Franconian korn (corn) ; OS. werk, OE. weorc, UG. werch, beside Franconian werk (work) ; .OS. weckian (from wak- jaih), OE. weccan, UG. wechan (wecchan), beside Fran- conian wecken (to awake).

§ 61. The voiced explosives and voiced spirants did not undergo the same universal shifting as the voiceless ex- plosives. The following are the chief points to be noticed here concerning these consonants.

1. Upper Franconian retained b, bb, while Upper German shifted them to p, pp, as U.Fr. beran (to bear), sibba, Goth, sibja (peace), but UG. peran, sippa.

Upper Franconian and Alemanic shifted "b to b, while in Bavarian it appears as p, e.g. U.Fr. and Alem. sibun, Goth, sibun (read sirbun) (seven) ; ubil, Goth, ubils (read uMLs) (evil), but Bavarian sipun, upil.

2. All H.G. dialects shifted dd to tt, as bitten "(to request) = O.E. biddan, Goth, bidjan.

Upper German and East Franconian shifted single d to t,

30 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

while Rhenish Franconian retained d initially, but frequently shifted it to t in other positions, thus OE. dohtor (daughter), bindan (to bind), beodan (to beg), appear in UG. and E.Fr. as tohter, bintan biotan, and in R.Fr. as dohter, bindan, biodan, beside bintan, biotan.

3. gg remained in Franconian, but was shifted to kk in Upper German, as Fr. liggen = OS. liggian (to lie down), UG. likken.

Single g remained in Fr., but in UG. it was mostly shifted to k (written also c before guttural vowels and finally), initially and finally, thus Fr. gast (guest), tag (day) appear in UG. as kast, tac.

g became g in Franconian and generally also in UG., in the latter dialects rarely k, thus OE. stigan (read stigan) (to ascend)', eage (read eage) (eye), appear in Fr. and UG. as stigan, ouga, more rarely in UG. stican, ouca.

§ 62. The table below gives a summary of the HG. sound- shifting. The shifted sounds are printed in italics.

Prim. Germ. p t k

Goth. p t k

OE. p t c

R. Franc, p (pf) ff z z$ k hh

, E. Franc. pf ff z *& k hh

U. German pf ff z Z3 ch hh

Prim. Germ. 15 d: g

Goth. b, tJ(f) d, ft(J>) g, g

OE. b, t>(f) d, a g, g

R. Franc. b b d (/) g

E. Franc. b b t g

UG. / (b) bp t k g

GRAMMAR. 31

NOTE. — The East Franconian consonants are usually taken as the normal in this book, because they mostly agree with those of Middle and New High German. In the paradigms d has been substituted for Franconian th.

§ 63. No OHG. forms were given in the paragraph relat- ing to Verner's law (§ 61) in order that they might be left until after the discussion of the HG. sound-shifting. From what has been said in §§ 58-62 it will be seen that the inter- changing pairs of consonants in OHG. were : — f— b (UG. also p) j d (older th, dh)— t ; h (= prim. Germ, x)— 8 (UG. also k, c) ; h (= prim. Germ, xw) — w (prim. Germ, gw) ; h (prim. Germ. r>x) — ng ', s — r. Examples : —

f — b. heffen, Goth, hafjan (to raise), pret. pi. huobun. p.p. gihaban ; urhab (reason).

d — t. Hdan (to go), pret. pi. litun, p.p. gilitan, causative verb leiten (to lead), from * laid j an ; sind (way), sindon (to travel), beside senten (to send) = Goth, sandjan.

h — g. ziohan (to draw), pret. pi. zugun, p.p. gizogan ; zehan (ten), beside -zug (decade).

h — w. lihan, Goth, leihwan (to lend), pret. pi., liwun, p.p. giliwan from *-li(g)wanas ; aha, Goth, ahwa, Lat. aqua (water), beside ouwa from *a(g)\vjo (marshy land).

h — ng. fahan (§ 15) (to seize), pret. pi. fiangun, p.p. gifangan.

s — r. kiosan (to choose), beside pret. pi. kurun, p.p. gikoran ; ginesan (be saved), pret. pi. ginarun, p.p. gineran, beside the causative verb nerien from *nazjan.

NOTE. — In OHG., and still more in MHG., this law was frequently disturbed through the effect of analogy arid levelling, thus e.g. farlihan

32 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

beside farliwan with h. from the present forms and the pret. sg., so also in fluhun, giflohan, pret. pi. and p.p. of fliohan (to flee) ; gisehan beside regular gisewan, p.p. of sehan (to see) ; slahan (to slay}, pret. sg. sluog, beside the rare regular form sluoh, with g from the pret. pi., and in like manner huob instead of huof, with b from the pret. pi., inf. heffen (to raise) ; Tatian and Otfrid werban instead of werfan (to turn), with b from the forms where b was regular (§ 51) ; etc.

CHAPTER VII. THE OHG. CONSONANTS IN GENERAL.

§ 64. Here will be given chiefly such remarks only as are of importance for OHG. inflexions.

SIMPLIFICATION OF DOUBLE CONSONANTS.

§ 65. OHG. double consonants were simplified in the following cases : —

1. When they became final, as fel (hide), Gen. felles; far (bult), pi. farri; uninflected form grim (fierce), inflected form grimmer ; swimman (to swim), pret. sg. swam ; rinnan (to run), pret. sg. ran ; Nom. sg. man (man), Gen. mannes ; ez^an (to eat), beside pret. sg. az ; Nom. sg. kus (kiss), Gen., kusses ; sprehhan, sprechan (to speak), pret. sg. sprah; etc.

2. Before other consonants, as kunnan (to know), pret. sg. konda ; kussen (to kiss), pret. sg. kusta ; brennen (to burn), pret. sg. branta ; etc.

3. Frequently medially after long vowels, as slafan beside slaffan (to sleep) ; lazan beside laz^zan (to let, leave) ; lutar beside luttar ( pure) ; etc.

GRAMMAR. 33

The Semi-vowels. W.

§ 66. On the representation of this sound in OHG. manuscripts, see § 7, under u and w.

Single w became vocalised to o, if it came to stand at the end of a word or syllable. This o was then mostly dropped after long vowels, as seo, se (sea), Gen. sewes ; kneo, knio (knte\ Gen. knewes ; garwen (to prepare), pret. garota, beside the longer form gar(a)wita; treso (treasure}, Gen. tresewes, etc.

Final -aw>ao>6, as uninflected form rao. ro (raw), beside inflected form rawer, Gen. rawes.

ww was treated differently according as it was general Germanic ww (= Gothic ggw) or West Germanic ww from wj (§ 56).

1. General Germanic aww>auw>ouw which became ou when final, as OHG. inflected form glauwer, glouwer (exact, clear), uninflected form glau, glou, beside Gothic adv. glaggwo (exactly) ; hauwan, houwan (to hew) — Gothic *haggwan.

General Germanic eww>iuw which became iu when final, as bliuwan = Goth, bliggwan (to strike] ; triuwi = Goth, triggws (true, faithful), iu Dat. pi. to ir (ye) ; spriu (chaff}, Nom. pi. spriuwir.

2. West Germanic wwfrom wj. In this case aww>auw > ouw, as frauwa, frouwa (woman) from *frawjo- ; frouwen (to rejoice) from *frawjan, beside pret. sg. frewita (§ 20) from *frawita. The inf. form frewen was a new forma- tion, made after the analogy of the pret. and the pres. 2. 3. sg. frewis, frewit ; conversely the pret. form frouwita was

D

34 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

made after the analogy of the inf. and i. sg. pres. and the pres. pi.

iww (from original ewj) became iuw, as siuwen from *sewjan (to sew), cp. OE. seowian, Goth, siujan; niuwi from *ne-wja-, cp. Goth, niujis.

j.

§ 67. On the representation of this sound in OHG. manuscripts, see § 7, under g,j.

j seems to have become a spirant (written g) before e, i, and after r (sometimes written ig), as gener beside jener (that, yon) ; inf. gehan (to confess), pres. sg. gihu, gihis, gihit, beside pret. sg. iah, pi. iahim ; nergen, nerigen, beside nerien (to save] ; herige beside herie, Dat. sg. of heri (army), cp. Goth, harja.

j, when absolutely final, became vocalic i, as Nom. sg. heri (army), cp. Goth, harjis. ja (ja) became e in final syllables, as Nom. pi. sunte (sins) from *suntja- ; kennen (to know] from *kannjan.

Liquids and Nasals.

§ 68. The West Germanic liquids and nasals underwent no material changes in OHG., except that final -m, when an element of inflexion, became -n in the course of the ninth century, as tagun, older tagum, Dat. pi. of tag (day) ; haben, older halbem, i. sg. pres. of haben (to have]', etc.

Labials.

§ 69. For the fate of Germanic p, b (U) in OHG. see §§ 60- 62. From what has been said there and in §§ 43. 65, 3, it will be seen that OHG. f is of twofold origin, i. e. it equals

GRAMMAR,

35

Germanic f or Germanic p. On the representation and pronunciation of these two f in OHG., see § 7 under f.

Gutturals.

§ 70. The OHG. shiftings of Germanic k and g (g) have been given in §§ 60-62. The Germanic combination kw was represented in Franconian by qu, and in Upper German by chu, as queman, chueman (to come] = Goth, kwiman (written qiman). Germanic h was dropped in OHG. in the initial combinations hi, hn, hr, hw, in the course of the ninth century. In other cases Germanic h, hw (= prim. Germ. \, xw) na<^ a tw°f°ld development according to their position in the word. Initial h before vowels and medial h, hw, between vowels became the spiritus asper h (on h from x, see § 54), as haben (to have) ; sehan(= Goth, saihwan, read sexwan) (to see] ; in other positions they remained spirants, and thus had the same sound value as HG. h which arose from Germanic k ; cp., on the one hand, naht (night) = Goth, nahts ; sah (/ saw) = Goth, sahw : and, on the other hand, OHG. ih (/) = OE. ic, Goth, ik ; sioh (sick) = OE. seoc, Goth, siuks ; sprah (/ spoke) — OE. spraec.

Dentals.

§ 71. For the OHG. development of Germanic d, d, t see §§ 60-62. Germanic J> became d through the intermediate stage d in the course of the OHG. period (§ 59). The Upper German dialects had changed J> to d in all positions by the beginning of the ninth century. Tatian and Otfrid wrote th initially, but d medially, thus UG. der, but UFr. ther (the) ; UG. and UFr. erda (earth) ; UFr. quad, UG. chuad (quoth).

D 2

36 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

ACCIDENCE. DECLENSION OF NOUNS.

§ 72. OHG. nouns have two numbers, singular and plural ; three genders, masculine, feminine, and neuter, as in OE., from which the gender of nouns in OHG. does not materially differ; five cases, Nominative, Accusative, Genitive, Dative, and Instrumental. The Instr. case does not occur in all declen- sions. The Voc. is like the Nom. OHG. nouns are divided into two great divisions, according as the stem originally ended in a vowel or a consonant. Nouns whose stems origi- nally ended in a vowel belong to the vocalic or so-called strong declension. Those whose stems originally ended in -n, belong to the weak declension. All other consonantal stems will be put together under the general heading, ' Minor Declensions.'

A. THE VOCALIC OK STRONG DECLENSION.

1. The a-declension.

§ 73. The a-declension comprises masc. and neut. nouns only, and corresponds to the Latin and Greek o-declension (Gr. masc. -os, neut. -oi>, Lat. -us, -um), for which reason it is sometimes called the o-declension. The a-declension is divided into pure a-stems, ja-stems, and wa-stems.

a. Pure a-stems.

MASCULINE. NEUTER.

Sing. Nom. Ace. tag (day) wort (word)

Gen. tages (-as) wortes (-as)

Dat. tage (-a) worte (-a)

Instr. tagu (-o) wortu (-o)

GRAMMAR. 37

MASCULINE. NEUTER.

Plur. Norn. Ace. taga (-a) wort

Gen. tago worto

Dat. tagum, -om ; wortum, -om ; -un, -on -un, -on.

NOTE.— The endings -as, -a of the Gen. and Dat. sg. do not occur frequently until after the end of the ninth century, -un, -on are the usual Dat. pi. endings of the ninth century (§ 68).

§ 74. Like tag are declined most OHG. masculine nouns, e. g. berg (mountain), weg (way), geist (spirit), himil (heaven), tiufal (devil), timing (king), etc.

§ 75. Dissyllables ending in -al, -ar, -an with long stems sometimes drop the a before a vocalic ending, as Nom. ackar (acre, field), Gen. ackres, etc. See § 36.

§ 76. Proper names of this declension take the pronominal ending -an in the Ace., as also truhtin (God, Lord), e. g. Nom. Petrus, Ace. Petrusan ; Ace. truhtinan.

§ 77. Like wort are declined barn (child), ser (pain), swert (sivord), honag (honey), zwifal (cp. § 36) (doubt) ; here belong also the diminutives in -In and -Hn, as magatln (little maid), fingarlin (little finger), except that the Upper German dialects retain the -n in the Gen. and Dat. only, and that the Nom., Ace. pi. end in -iu in Alemanic.

§ 78. b. ja-stems.

Sing. Nom. Ace. hirti (herdsman) kunni (race) Gen. hirtes kunnes

Dat. (hirtie) ; hirte (kunnie); kunne Instr. hirtiu; hirtu, -o kunniu; kunnu, -o

38 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

MASCULINE. NEUTER.

Plur. Nom. Ace. hirte ; hirta, -a kunni

Gen. hirteo, -io ; hirto kunneo ; -io; kunno

Dat. hirtum, -un, -on kunnim, -in

hirtim, -in kunmun, un, -on.

NOTE. — The forms in spaced type are the usual ones of the ninth century. The neuter nouns of this declension frequently end in -iu or -u in the Nona., Ace. pi. in Tatian.

§ 79. Like hirti are declined the nomina agentis ending in -ari (-ari, -eri), as wahtari (wahtari, wahteri) (watchman), lerari (teacher), scribari (writer, scribe]; as also karkari (prison), altari (altar), and a few others, rucki (back), phuzzi puzzi (well), kasi (cheese).

§ 80. Like kunni are declined very many neuters, as enti (end), richi (kingdom), betti (bed), gizungi (language), finstarnessi (darkness), heri (army), (Gen. heries, Dat. sg. herie, herige).

c. wa-stems.

MASCULINE. NEUTER.

Sing. Nom. Ace. sneo, sne (snow) kneo (knee)

Gen. snewes knewes

Dat. snewe knewe

Plur. Nom. Ace. snewa, -a kneo

Gen. snewo knewo

Dat. snewum, -un, -on knewum, -un, -on.

NOTE. — On the forms of the Nom. sg. see § 66. When the w is preceded by a consonant an a (sometimes o, e) is developed in the oblique cases, thus Nom. neut. treso (treasure), Gen. tresawes; Nom. masc. scato (shadow), Gen. scatawes, see § 40.

GRAMMAR. 39

§ 81. To this declension belong the masculines leo (grave), seo (sea), bu (Gen. buwes) (dwelling), and the neuters reo (corpse), zeso (right side), smero (grease).

2. The 6-declension.

§ 82. The 6-declension contains feminine nouns only, and corresponds to the Latin and Greek a-declension, for which reason it is sometimes called the a-declension. The we- sterns are declined exactly like the pure 6-stems. The jo- stems have also the same inflections as the pure 6-stems after the middle of the ninth century.

§ 83. a. Pure 6-stems.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. Ace. geba (gift) geba

Gen. geba (-u, -o) gebono

Dat. gebu, -o gebom, -on, -on.

§ 84. Like geba are declined a very large number of nouns, as erda (earth), era (honour), zala (number), triuwa (fidelity), corunga (temptation), hertida (hardness), miltida (compassion), gi-nada (favour), losunga (deliverance), stunta (time), etc.

§ 85. b. jo-stems.

SING.

N. sunte (sin) ; suntea, -ia; sunta kuningin (queen)

A. „ „ „ kuninginna;(-in)

G. „ „ „ kuninginna

D. suntiu suntu kuninginnu

40 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

PLUR.

N. A. sunte; suntea, -ia; sunta kuninginna

G. sunteono ; sun to no kuninginnono

D. sunteom ; sun torn, kuninginnom,

-on -on.

NOTE. — The forms in spaced type are the ordinary ones of the ninth century and do not differ from those of geba.

§ 86. Like sunta are declined hella (hell), sibba, sippa (peace], minna (love), krippa (manger), etc.

§ 87. Like kuningin are declined : forasagin (prophetess), friuntin (friend), burdin (burden], etc.

c. Feminine Abstract Nouns in -I.

§ 88. This declension comprises two classes of stems which were originally different, but which have entirely fallen together in their inflection in OHG. — (i) adjectival abstract nouns the stems of which originally ended in -in, Nom. -i; (2) verbal abstract nouns with stems ending in -ini. Cp., on the one hand, Gothic mikilei (greatness) formed from mikils (great), diupei (depth) from diups (deep), Gen. mikileins diupeins (weak declension); and, on the other hand, daupeins (a dipping) formed from daupjan (to dip), naseins (a rescuing) from nasjan (to rescue), Gen. dau- peinais, naseinais (i-declension).

Sing. Nom. Ace. Gen. Dat. hohi (hohin) (height). Plur. Nom. Ace. hohi (hohin)

Gen. hohino

Dat. hohim, -in.

§ 89. Like hohi are declined sconi (beauty), suoz^i (sweet- ness), snelli (quickness), tiufi (depth), menigi, managi (mul-

GRAMMAR. 41

titude), irstantani (resurrection), toufi (a dipping), well (choice), leitl (a leading), etc.

3. The i-declension.

§ 90. The OHG. i-declension contains masculine and feminine nouns only. The -i was dropped regularly in the Nom. and Ace. sg. of nouns with long stems after the analogy of which it was also dropped for the most part in those with short stems. Cp. the corresponding distinction inOE.

a. Masculines.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. Ace. gast (guest) gesti

Gen. gastes gesteo, -io ; gesto

Dat. gaste gestim, -in; -en

Instr. gastiu, gestiu ; gastu.

NOTE. — On the consonantal combinations which prevent umlaut from taking place where it might be expected, see § 22.

§ 91. Like gast are declined liut (people), wurm (worm), aphul (apple), slag (blow), scrit (step), wini (friend), quiti (saying) and a few others retain the -i in the Nom., Ace. sg., but follow gast in the other cases. Many u- and con- sonant stems have passed over into this declension : original u-stems were skilt (shield), wirt (master of the house), heit (manner), sun (son) ; consonant stems, fuoz, (foot), zan, zand (tooth), nagal (nail).

b. Feminines.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. Ace. anst (favour) ensti

Gen. ensti ensteo, io ; ensto

Dat. ensti enstim, -in ; -en.

42 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

NOTE. — On the consonantal combinations which prevent umlaut, see § 22.

§ 92. Like anst are declined stat (place), jugund (youth), fart (journey), gift (gift], giburt (birth], etc., kuri (choice] and turi (door] retain the i in the Nom., Ace. sg., but follow anst in the other cases. Like anst are also declined the old u-stems fluot (flood), lust (desire), and the consonant stems gans (goose), miluh (milk), magad (virgin), and a few others.

4. The u-declension.

§ 93. The u-declension no longer existed in OHG. as an independent declension ; the nouns originally belonging to it having been for the most part transferred to the i-de- clension and also a few to the a-declension. Below will be found a summary of the more frequent traces of this de- clension still existing in OHG.

a. Masculines.

§ 94. Situ (custom}, fridu (peace], hugu (understanding], sigu (victory], witu (wood), sunu (beside sun) retained their u in the Nom., Ace. sg. (§ 35, 2) ; in the other cases they followed the i-declension.

b. Neuter.

§ 95. Fihu (cattle) retained the u in the Nom., Ace. sg. (§ 35, 2), in the Gen. and Dat. sg. it had the same endings as wort (ivord).

c. Feminine.

§ 96. Hant was declined like anst, except that in the Dat. pi. it retained the old u-endings hantum, -un, -on ; cp. NHG. abhanden, vorhanden.

GRAMMAR.

43

B. WEAK DECLENSION (N-STEMS). § 97. The weak declension contains all three genders.

a. Masculines.

SING. . PLUR.

Nom. hano (cock) hanon, hanun

Ace. hanon, hanun hanon, hanun Gen. hanen, hanin hanono Dat. hanen, hanin hanom, -on.

b. Neuters.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. Ace. herza (heart} herzun, -on

Gen. herzen, herzin herzono

Dat. herzen, herzin herzom, on.

c. Feminines.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. zunga (tongue] zungun

Ace. zungun zungun

Gen. zungun zungono

Dat. zungun zungom, -on.

§ 98. Like hano are declined herro, hero (master), wahsmo (fruit], ohso (ox), sterno (star), gomo (man), namo (name), willo (will), forasago (prophet), etc.

§ 99. Like herza are declined ouga (eye), ora (ear).

§ 100. Like zunga are declined quena (woman), diorna (maiden), sunna (sun), etc.

44 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

C. MINOR DECLENSIONS. 1. Monosyllabic Consonant Stems.

§ 101. a. Masculines.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. Ace. man (man) man

Gen. mannes manno

Dat. man, manne mannum, -un ; -om, on.

NOTE. — eoman, ioman (some one), neoman, nioman (no one}, have the pronominal ending -an in the Ace., thus eomannan, neomannan.

zan, zand (tooth} and fuoz (foof] have passed over into the i-declen- sion, the latter, however, retained the consonantal endings -um, -un, -on in the Dat. plural.

§ 102. No traces of neuters of this class now remain, unless there be such a trace in the Dat sg. hus (/o a house] beside huse.

b. Feminines.

§ 103. The nouns originally belonging here have also mostly passed over into the i-declension.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. Ace. naht (night) naht

Gen. naht nahto

Dat. naht nahtum, -un, -on.

NOTE. — buoch (book} was mostly neut. in the sg. Gen. buoches, Dat. buoche ; in the pi. it was fern, and followed naht.

burg (borough, city] and brust [breast] sometimes followed naht, sometimes anst.

2. Stems in -r.

§ 104. To this class belonged : fater (father], bruoder \brother), muoter (mother], tohter (daughter), and sweater tsister).

GRAMMAR. 45

§ 105. SING. PLUR.

Nom. Ace. fater fatera, -a

Gen. fater; fateres fatero

Dat. fater ; fatere faterum, -un ; -on.

NOTE. — fateres, fatere and the pi. forms have been made after the analogy of the a-stems.

§ 106. Sing. Nom. Ace. Gen. Dat. muoter

Plur. Nom. Ace. muoter Gen. muoter o Dat. muoterum, -un, -on.

§ 107. Like muoter were also declined bruoder, tohter, and swester.

3. Stems in -nt.

§ 108. To this class belonged present participles used as

nouns (for the inflection of the participles themselves, see § 123).

SING. PLUR.

Nom. Ace. friunt (friend) friunt ; friunta, -a

Gen. friuntes friunto

Dat. friunte friuntum, -un, -on.

NOTE. — Here belonged originally a large number of nouns, as f lant (enemy'], wigant (warrior), etc., all of which have passed into the a-declension.

4. Stems in -os, -es.

§ 109. This class corresponded to the Greek neuters in -or, Latin -us, -eris.

'46

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

§ 110. SING.

Nom. Ace. lamb (lamb) Gen. lambes Dat. lambe Instr. lambu, -o.

PLUR. lembir lembiro

lembirum, -om; -un, -on.

§ 111. Like lamb were declined kalb (calf), blat (leaf), grab (grave), and a few others.

DECLENSION OP ADJECTIVES.

§ 112. Adjectives are declined as strong or weak. They have three genders, and the same cases as nouns. The end- ings of the strong declension are partly nominal and partly pronominal (the latter are given in italics). The nominal endings are those of the a- and 6-declension. The strong declension is divided into pure a-, 6-stems, ja-, jo-stems, and wa-, wo-stems, like the corresponding nouns.

A. STBONG DECLENSION.

1. Pure a-, a-stems. § 113. Masc. Neut.

Sing. Nom. blint^r (blind)

Ace. blinta;*

Gen. blintes

Dat. "blintemu, -emo

Instr. blintu, -o Plur. Nom. blinte

Ace. blintu

Gen. blinter0

Dat. blintm, -en blintm, -en

Fern. blintzw blinta

blintes blirLtemu, -emo blintu, -o blintzw

blint^rw, -ero

blintu blintu blint^r<? blintm, -en.

GRAMMAR. 47

NOTE. — i. The Nom. case sg. and pi. has often an tminflected form, so also the Ace. sg. neut, asblint. This remark applies to all adjectives of the strong declension.

2. The Nom. sg. fern, and the Nom., Ace. pi. neut. frequently end in -u (blintu) in Upper Franconian.

3. Adjectives ending in -al, -ar, -an with long stems sometimes drop the a before a vocalic ending, as bittar (bitter], Gen. bittres. See § 36.

§ 114. Like blint are declined all adjectives whose un- inflected form ends in a consonant, as guot (good), alt (old), jung (young), guldm (golden), mahtig (mighty), erdllh (earthly), etc.

2. ja-, jo-stems.

§ 115. The ja-, jo-stems differ from the pure a-, 6-stems in the uninflected form only which regularly ends in -i.

§ 116. SING.

Masc. Neut. Fern.

Nom. sconer (beautiful) scona^ scom«

Ace. Bconan scomzz scona

etc. etc. etc.

§ 117. Like sconi are declined all adjectives whose un- inflected form ends in -i, also all present participles ; as festi (fast), mari (renowned), tiuri (dear), biderbi (useful), beranti (bearing), etc.

3. wa-, wo-stems.

§ 118. This class differs from the pure a-, 6-class in the uninflected form only. Those adjectives whose uninflected form ends in -o preceded by a consonant, usually develop an a (seldom e, o) between the consonant and the w in the inflected forms. See § 40.

48 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

§ 119. SING.

Masc. Neut. Fern.

Nom { £ar(a)w^r (rea(ty) f gar(a)w#f ( garawm I garw£r I garw#| I garwz'w

Nom. faw<Fr (little] fawaq fawt'u

etc. etc. etc.

§ 120. To this class belong garo (ready) ; gelo (yellow), zeso (right, dexter) ; fao, fo (/#//<?) ; sleo, ale (^//) ; frao, fro (glad, joyful)] rao, ro (raw). See § 66.

B. WEAK DECLENSION.

§ 121. The weak declension of adjectives agrees exactly

with that of the nouns.

SING.

Masc. Neut. Fern.

Nom. blinto blinta blinta

Ace. blinton, -un blinta blintun

Gen. Dat. blinten, -in blinten, -in blintun.

PLUR.

Nom. Ace. blinton,-un blintun,-on blintun

Gen. blintono blintono blintono

Dat. blint6m,-6n blintom,-6n blintom,-6n.

§ 122. In the same manner are declined the weak forms of the ja-, jo- and wa-, wo-stems, thus : —

SING.

Masc. Neut. Fern.

>r ( scono / scona / scona

( gar(a)wo ( gar(a)wa ( gar(a)wa

etc. etc. etc.

GRAMMAR. 49

C. DECLENSION OF PABTICIPLES.

§ 123. The present participle has both the strong and the weak declension. In the former case it is declined like a ja-, jo-stem, and in the latter case like blinto. Thus un- inflected form nemanti (taking), salbonti (anointing), habenti (having).

Strong. SING.

Masc. Newt. Fern.

Jnemant/r nemant#2 nemantzz*

m' (salbont/r salbonta? salbontzw

etc. etc. . etc.

Weak.

SING,

Masc. Neut. . Fern.

Jnemanto nemanta nemanta

( sallbSnto salbonta salbonta

etc. etc. etc.

§ 124. The past participle, like the present, has both the strong and the weak declension. The uninflected form of strong verbs ends in -an, as ginoman (taken), giritan (ridden] ; that of the weak verbs ends in -t, as gihabet (had), gisalbot (anointed).

Strong.

SING.

Masc. Neut. Fern.

(ginoman/r ginomantfjs ginoman*«

( gihabet£r gihabeta^ gihabetz'fc

etc. • etc. etc.

NOTE. — In Franconian monuments the suffix -an occasionally appears as -on, -en, or -in in the inflected forms.

£

50 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

Masc. \ ginomano Nom' /gihabeto etc.

Weak. Neut. ginomana gihabeta etc.

Fern. ginomana gihabeta etc.

D. THE COMPABISON OF ADJECTIVES. 1. The Comparative Degree.

§ 125. The comparative is formed by means of the two suffixes -ir- (= Gothic -iz-) and -or- (= Gothic -6z-), to which are then added the endings of weak adjectives. Polysyllablic adjectives formed with derivative suffixes and compound adjectives take the suffix -or- ; ja-, jo-stems the suffix -ir-; uncompounded pure a-, 6-stems sometimes take the one, sometimes the other suffix, thus : —

POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. sallg (blessed) saligoro

tiurlih (dear) tiurlihhoro

engi (narorw) engiro suozi (sweet) suoziro

lang (long) lengiro

( hohiro

NOTE. — The ending -iro is sometimes weakened to-ero in Franconian monuments. Beside jungiro, the ordinary comp. of Jung (young], appear jungorb and jugiro ; with the latter form cp. Gothic pos. juggs — *jungs, comp. juhiza.

2. The Superlative.

§ 126. The Superlative is formed by means of the two suffixes -ist- (= Gothic -ist-) and -ost- (= Gothic -ost-), to

GRAMMAR. 51

which are then added the endings of weak adjectives. Adjectives which have -iro in the comparative have -isto in the superlative, and those which have -oro in the comp. have -osto in the superlative, thus saligosto, tiurllhhosto, engisto, suo^isto, lengisto, hohisto, hohosto.

3. Irregular Comparison.

§ 127. The following adjectives form their comparatives and superlatives from a different root than the positive : — guot (good) comp. bez^iro superl. bez^isto

ubil (bad\ „ wirsiro „ wirsisto

mihhil (great) „ mero „ meisto

luzzil (little) „ minniro „ minnisto

NOTE. — i. Beside the regular form mero ( = Gothic maiza) occur in Alemanic the forms meriro, meroro, which are double comparatives like Mod. Eng. nearer.

2. lezzisto (last] is defective.

§ 128. In a few cases the comparative and superlative are formed from an adverb or preposition, as in Latin.

Pos. COMP. SUPERL.

f aftrosto after (after) aftro, aftaro, -ero < afterosto

I aftristo

er {formerly) eriro eristo

fora, furi (before) furiro furisto

furdir (forwards) \ ' fordarosto

I fordaro, -oro

hintar (behind) hintaro hintarosto

inne (within) innaro innarosto

oba (above) obaro, oboro obarosto

untar (down) untaro untarosto

u^j uzfar (outside) uzaro u^arosto. £ 2

52 OLD HIGH '• GERMAN PRIMER.

NOTE. — Beside the regular forms abaro, etc., the Alemanic dialect frequently has forms with double comparative endings, as abaroro, etc., cp. meriro, meroro.

APPENDIX.

FOBMATION OF ADVEBBS FBOM ADJECTIVES.

§ 129. i. By simply adding -o to the uninflected form of the adjective when it ends in a consonant, thus : —

adj. mahtig (mighty) adv. mahtigo

„ ubil(&z</) „ ubilo

„ tiurllh (dear) „ tiurliho.

2. Adjectives ending in-i (ja-, jo-stems) drop the -i before the adverbial ending -o ; and those containing a mutated stem vowel change it back to the unmutated one, thus : —

adj. sconi (beautifut) adv. scono

„ tiuri (dear) „ tiuro

„ festi (fast) „ fasto

„ semfti (soft) „ samfto.

COMPABISON OP ADVEBBS.

§ 130. The comparative degree of adverbs ends in -or (never -ir) ; the superlative mostly ends in -ost, but some- times also in -1st, thus : —

Adj. lang (lortg) ; adv. comp. langor superl. langost „ festi (fast)', „ „ fastdr „ fastest „ . jung (young) „ jungist.

GRAMMAR.

53

§ 131. The following are irregular : —

wola (well) comp. baz, -superl. be^zist

„ wirs (worse) „ wirsist

„ mer (more) „ meist

„ min (less) „ minnist

NOTE. — Beside mer, meist occur the weak neuter adj. forms (mera, meista) as adverbs.

NUMEKALS.

I. Cardinal and	Ordinal.
CARDINAL.	ORDINAL.
ein (one)	eristo, furisto
zwei (two)	ander
dri (three]	dritto
feor, fior (four)	feordo, fiordo
fimf, finf (five)	fimfto, finfto
sells (six)	sehsto
sibun (seven)	sibunto
ahto (eight)	ahtodo
niun (nine)	niunto
zehan, zehen (ten)	zehanto
einlif (eleven)	einlifto
zwelif (twelve)	zwelifto
drizehan (thirteen)	drittozehanto
fiorzehan {fourteen)	fiordozehanto
finfzehan (fifteen)	finftazehanto
sehszehan (sixteen)	sehstazehanto
*sibunzehan (seventeen)	sibuntozehanto
ahtozehan (eighteen)	ahtodazehanto
niunzehan (nineteen)	niuntazehanto
zweinzug (tiventy)	zweinzugosto

54

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

CARDINAL. ORDINAL.

drizzug, drizug (thirty) driz.ugosto

fiorzug (forty) fiorzugosto

finfzug (fifty) finfzugosto

sehszug (sixty) sehszugosto

sibunzug (seventy) sibunzugosto

ahtozug (eighty) ahtozugosto

niunzug (ninety) niunzugosto

> (hundred) zehanzugosto

hunt J v

zwei hunt (two hundred)

thusunt ) t ,j n

} (thousand). dusunt J v

§ 132. The first three cardinal numerals are declinable in all cases and genders.

i. ein follows the strong declension, when used as a numeral, § 113. When ein is used in the sense of -alone, it follows the weak declension.

2. Masc. Nom, Ace. zwene

Gen. zweio

Dat. zweim, zwein

3. Masc. Nom. Ace. dri

Gen. drio

Dat. drim, drin

NeuL

zwei

zweio

zweim, zwein

Neut.

driu

drio

drim, drin

Fern.

zwa (zwo) zweio zweim, zwein

Fern. drio drio drim, drin.

§ 133. The cardinal numerals 4-12 remain uninflected when they stand before a noun, while, if they stand after a noun or are used as nouns, they are declined according to the i-declension. The neut., Nom. and Ace. has the adjectival ending.

GRAMMAR. 55

Masc. Fern. Neut.

Nom, Ace. -i -iu; -u

Gen. -eo, -p -eo, -o

Dat. -im, -in -im, -in.

§ 134. The cardinal numerals 20-100 ending in -zug = OE. -tig, Gothic tigus (decade] are followed by the Genitive, dusunt, thusunt is mostly treated as a fern, sub- stantive, but sometimes also as a neuter.

§ 135. ander (second), inflected form anderer, -az, -iu, follows the strong declension, the remaining ordinal numerals follow the weak declension.

2. Other Numerals.

§ 136. i. Distributive numerals, as einluzze (one by one], zwiske (two by two].

2. Multiplicatives, as einfalt (fait = OE. -fealde), zwifalt, etc.

3. Numeral adverbs, as eines, Gen. sg. (once); zwiror, zwiron (twice] ; driror (thrice). The higher numbers, as also sometimes those given above, are formed by means of prefixing the cardinal numbers to stunt (time), thus, sibun- stunt (seven times).

PRONOUNS.

§ 137. 1. Personal.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. ih (/) wir Ace. mih unsih

Gen. mln unser Dat. mir uns.

5 6 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

SING. PLUR.

Nom. du, du (thou) Ir

Ace. din iuwih

Gen. din iuwer

Dat, dir iu.

SING.

Masc. Neut. Fern.

Nom. er (he) i^ (//, there] aiu; si, si (she]

Ace. inan, in ig sia (sie)

Gen. (sin) is, es ira (iru, -o)

Dat. iniu, imo inm, imo iru (-o)

PLUR.

Nom. sie siti sio

Ace. sie siu sio

Gen. iro iro iro

Dat. im, in im, in im, in.

NOTE. — i. ih and du were often attached enclitically to the verb, especially in poetry, as gibuh. = gibu ih, findistu — findis du. The forms iuwih, iuwer were mostly written iuuih, iuuer, sometimes also iuih, iuer.

2. Beside er ( = Latin and Gothic is [he~§) appear in some Fran- conian monuments the forms her, he ( = OE. he, he, and Lat. ce in *ho-i-ce > hie).

3. Beside the accented forms inan, imo, iro, sia, sie, sio occur the unaccented forms nan, mo, ro, sa, se, so.

4. er, iz, es, in were sometimes attached enclitically to a preceding word, as giloubt-er = giloubta er; imos = imo es, etc.

§ 138. 2. Reflexive.

SING. PLUR.

Ace. sih (oneself) sin

Gen. sin (ira) (iro)

Dat. (imu, iru) (im).

GRAMMAR. 57

3. Possessive.

§ 139. The possessive pronouns of the first and second persons were formed from the Gen. case of the corresponding personal pronouns, thus, mln (my), din (thy), unser (our), iuwer (your). The masc. and neut. sg. were expressed by the reflexive form sin (his, its) ; the fern. sg. by ira (her, lit. of her), and the plural all genders by iro (their, lit. of them).

They were declined according to the strong declension,

§ 113.

Masc. Neut. Fern.

Nom. miner minaz miniu

unserer unserag unseriu.

NOTE.— Beside unserer, iuwerer the forms unsarer, iuwarer some- times occur.

§ 140. unser and iuwer have also shortened inflected forms in Franconian : —

Masc. Neut. Fern.

Sing. Nom. unser unsasj unsu

Ace. unsan unsasf unsa

Gen. unses unses unsera

Dat. unsemo unsemo unseru

Plur. Nom. unse unsu unso

etc. etc. etc.

4. Demonstrative.

§ 141. The simple demonstrative ther, der was employed both as definite article and relative pronoun.

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

Masc.

Nom. der Ace. den Gen. des Dat. demu, demo Instr.

SING.
Neut.	Fern.
da*.	diu
daz	dea, dia (die).
des	dera,	(deru, -o)
demu,	demo deru.	-o
diu

PLUR.

. ' I de, dea, dia, die diu, (dei) deo, dio

Gen. dero dero dero

Dat. dem, den dem, den dem, den.

NOTE. — i. The Franconian dialects have mostly the unshifted forms ther, thaz, thiu, etc.

2. Beside the Nom. form ther occurs also thie (the) in Tatian.

3. Beside the Nom., Ace. fern. pi. thio occur in Franconian also thie, rarely thia.

4. der, etc., when used as a rel. pronoun, frequently had contracted forms, especially in poetry, as theih from *tha ih = thasj ih, cp. Goth. neut. hwa, thiuns = thiu uns, zen = zi then.

§ 142. The compound demonstrative pronoun is declined thus : —

Masc.

SING.

Neut.

Nom. dese, deser (this) diz

Ace. desan Gen. desses Dat. desemu, desemo

Instr.

diz

desses

desemu, desemo f desiu, desu ( dism, disu

Fern. desiu, disiu

(thisu) desa desera deseru

GRAMMAR. 59

PLUR.

de'siu, disiu (thisu) deso

Gen. desero desero desero

Dat. desem, -en desem, -en desem, -en.

NOTE. — The Nom. sg. masc. is therer in Otfrid. The Gen. sg. fern, is therera in Otfrid and therra (therro) in Tatian ; Dat. fern sg. thereru in Otfrid, and therru (therro, therra) in Tatian; Gen. pi. therero in Otfrid, and therero (therro) in Tatian.

§ 143. jener (that, yon], mostly written gener, is declined like a strong adjective, § 113.

selb (self, ipse) may follow either the strong or the weak declension. Combined with the def. art., it signifies same, and always follows the weak declension.

5. Relative.

§ 144. A relative pronoun proper did not exist in OHG., its place was supplied by the demonstrative de'r, dag, diu.

6. Interrogative.

§ 145. The OHG. simple interrogative pronoun had no independent form for the feminine, and was declined in the singular only.

SING.

Masc. Fern. Neut.

Nom. hwer, wer (who) hwag, wag (what)

Ace. hwe'nan we'nan, wen hwag, wag Gen. hwes, we's hwe's, we's

Dat. hwemUj we'mo hwe'mu, we'mo

Instr. hwiu, wiu.

6q OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

NOTE. — i. The initial h was dropped from the beginning of the ninth century.

2. For the Instr. wiu the form hiu Is also found.

3. A noun following wer was put in the Gen., as wer manno (which man, lit. who of men).

§ 146. hwedar, wedar (which of two], hwellh, welih (which], hweolih (o/ 'what 'sort), and solih (such) were declined like strong adjectives, § 113.

1. Indefinite.

§ 147. sum, sumillh, sumalih (a certain one, some one), declined like a strong adjective.

ein (one), eimg, eining (in negative sentences any, anyone), declined like a strong adjective.

wer (whoever), so wer so (whosoever), etewer (anyone).

thehein, dehein (anyone, any) ; in negative sentences no one, no, none.

man (one), eoman, Ionian (somebody), neoman, nioman (nobody).

nihein, nihhein ; nohein nohhein (no, none).

wiht, eowiht, iowiht (anything) ; neowiht, niowiht (nothing).

gilih (like) (with a noun in the Gen.=eacA), manno gilih (each man) ; welih, giwelih, eogiwelih, iogiwelih (each).

VEKBS.

§ 148. The OHG. verb has the following independent forms : — one voice (active), two numbers, three persons, two tenses (present and preterite), two complete moods (indica-

GRAMMAR. 61

tive and subjunctive, the latter originally the optative), besides an imperative which is only used in the present tense, three verbal nouns (pres. infin., pres. participle, and gerund), and one verbal adjective (the past participle).

Conjugation.

§ 149. The OHG, verbs are divided into two great classes :— Strong and Weak. The latter form their preterite by the addition of the syllable -ta, and their past participle by means of a t-suffix ; the former form their pret. and past participle by vowel gradation (ablaut).

Ablaut is the gradation of vowels both in stem and suffix, caused by the primitive Indo-Germanic system of accentua- tion. The vowels vary within certain series of related vowels, called ablaut-series. There are in OHG. six such series which appear most clearly in the various classes of the strong verbs. We are able to conjugate a strong verb when we know the four stems, as seen (i) in the infin. or i. sg. pres. indie., (2) i. sg. pret. indie., (3) i. pi pret. indie., (4) the past participle. By arranging the vowels according to these four stems we arrive at the following system : —

i. ii. iii. iv.

I. 1, 1 ei, e i i

II. eo(io), iu ou, duo

III. i(e), i a u u, o

IV. e, i a a o V. e, i a a e

VI. a, a uo uo a

NOTE.— On the differences ei and e, io and iu, ou and 6, i and e, e and i, u and o, see §§ 30, 31, 32, 18, 16, 17, 24.

62 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

Besides these two great classes of strong and weak verbs, there are a few others which will be treated under the general heading Minor Groups.

The strong verbs were originally further subdivided into reduplicated and non-reduplicated verbs. The reduplication has, however, entirely disappeared in OHG. The non- reduplicated verbs are divided into six classes according to the six ablaut-series given above. The originally reduplicated verbs are put together here and called Class VII.

A. STRONG VERBS.

§ 150. The conjugation of neman (to take) will serve as a model for all strong verbs.

Present.

INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing. i. nimu neme

2. nim-is, (-1st) nem-es, (-est)

3. nimit neme

Plur. i. nem-emes, (-en) nem-emes, (-en)

2. nemet nemet

3. nem-ant, (-ent) nemen

IMEER. INFIN.

Sing. 2. nim nem-an, (-en)

Plur. i. nem-ames, -ernes, (-en) GERUND.

2. nemet Gen. nemannes

Dat. nemanne

PRES. PART, nem-anti, (-enti).

GRAMMAR. 63

Preterite.

INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing. i. nam nami

2. nami nam-ls, (-1st)

3. nam nami

Plur. i. nam-umes, (-un) nam-Imes, (-In)

2. nanmt namlt

3. namun namin

PAST PART, ginoman.

NOTE. — i. The ending -st of the 2nd sg. does not occur in the oldest monuments ; it arose partly from analogy with the preterite-present forms kanst, gitarst, etc., and partly from a false etymological division of the pronoun from the verb to which it was frequently attached en- clitically, thus nimispu > nimistu, from which nimist was extracted as the verbal form, cp. the similar process in OE.

2. The ending -mes of the 1st pi. properly belongs to the present indie, and imperative, from which it was transferred by analogy to the ist pi. subj. pres. and to the pret. indie, and subj.

3. The ending -en of the ist pi. belongs properly to the subj. pres. only.

4. The ending -un of the ist pi. pret. indie, arose regularly from older -um.

5. The infin. ending -en is due to that of the weak verbs, Class I, where -en arose regularly.

6. The 2nd sg. pret. indie, has always the same stem vowel as the pret. subj. and pret. pi. indie.

The above remarks have merely been made with a view of explaining the verbal forms with double endings. It must not, however, be assumed that the forms, which have remained unmentioned were all regularly developed from the Germanic primitive language. Some of them were either OHG. new formations (e.g. 2nd pi. indie, and imper., the regular form of which would be *nimit), or had been modified in some way partly by analogy and partly by levelling, e.g. the e in nememes, older form nemames,

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

Ablaut-series.

§ 161. We shall only give in each class a few verbs to illustrate the gradation of vowels and consonant changes. All other verbs occurring in the texts will be found in the glossary referred to their proper class.

§152. INF.

CLASS I. PRET. SG. PRET. PL.

bitan (to wait) scriban (to write) stigan (to ascend) risan (to fall) snidan (to cut) spiwan (to vomit) dihan (to thrive) lihan (to lend)

30

P.P. i

bitun

scribun

stigun

rirun

snitun

spiwun

digun

liwun

gibitan

giscriban

gistigan

giriran

gisnitan

gispiwan

gidigan

giliwan.

belt

screib

steig

reis

sneid

speo (spe)

deh

leh

NOTE. — On the pret. speo, spe, see § 66, and for the consonant changes § 63.

CLASS II. PRES. PRET. SG.

?}§

loug

klonb

bot

kos

zdh

§ 153. INFIN.

PRET. PL. RP.

io

liogan (to lie) klioban (to cleave) biotan (to offer) kiosan (to choose) ziohan (to draw)

iu

liugu

kliubu

biutu

kiusu

ziuhu

31

u

lugun

klubun

butun

kurun

zugun

gilogan

gikloban

gibotan

gikoran

gizogan

Here belong also —

sufan (to sip, drink) sufu souf suffun gisofifan

sugan (to suck) sugu spug sugun gisogan.

GRAMMAR. 65

NOTE. — i. On the Upper German forms of the infin. with iu (liugan) see § 32. For kos beside kurun, etc., see § 63.

2. Verbs of this class ending in w have iu throughout the present and u in the pret. pi. and past participle, as kiuwan (to chew], kou (§ 66), kuwun, gikuwan ; in the two last forms the w was often dropped.

3. sufan, sugan are properly aorist presents, like Greek rttyu, rpt^ca.

§ 154. CLASS III.

To this class belong all strong verbs having a medial nasal or liquid + consonant, and a few others in which the vowel is followed by two consonants other than nasal or .liquid + consonant.

Those with nasal + consonant have i in the infin. and throughout the present (§ 16, i) and u in the past participle (§§ 17, 24); the others have i in the sing, present (§ 16, 2), e in the plural, and o in the past participle.

INFIN.

PRES. SG. PRET. SG. PRET. PL.

P.P.

i	a	u	o J
bintu	bant	buntun	gibuntan
rinnu	ran	runnun	girunnan
singu	sang	sun gun	gisungan
wirdu	•ward	wurtun	wortan
stirbu	starb	sturbun	gistorban
hilfu	half	hulfun	giholfan
fihtu	faht	fuhtun	gifohtan
bristu	brast	brustun	gibrostan

bintan (to bind] rinnan (to run) singan (to sing] werdan (to become] sterban (to die] helfan (to help] fehtan (to fighf] brestan (to burst]

NOTE. — i. dwingan (to compel} has the p.p. gidungan beside gidwungan.

2. biginnan (to begin} and bringan (to bring] have the weak pre- terites bigonta, bigonda, brahta, beside the strong bigan, brang.

66

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

CLASS IV.

§ 155. To this class belong strong verbs whose stems end in a single liquid or nasal, and a few others.

INFIN.

e

neman (to take} beran (to bear) helan (to hide] stelan (to steal) queman (to come)

Here belong also — sprechan (to speak) sprichu brechan (to break] brichu

PRES.SG. i nimu biru hilu stilu quimu

PRET.SG. a nam bar hal stal quam

PRET.PL. a nainuii barun halun stalun quamun

P.P. 0 ginoman giboran giholan gistolan quoman

sprah brah

spraehun gisprochari brachun gibrochan.

PRET. So. PRET. PL. P.P.

NOTE. — Beside the p.p. quoman occurs also queman, formed after the analogy of Class V. For initial que-, qui-, Tatian has co-, cu-.

CLASS V.

§ 156. To this class belong all those verbs having e, i in the present, and ending in other consonants than those in Classes III and IV.

INFIN. PRES. SG.

e i

geban (to give) gibu

sehan (to see) sihu

quedan (to say) quidu e^^an (to eat) wesan (to be) lesan (to read, gather) lisu gehan (to confess) gihu

Here belong also — sitzen (to sit) sitzu

bitten (to beg) bittu

liggen(/o tie down) liggu

a	ft	e
gab	gabun	gigeban
sah	sahun	gisehan
quad	quatun	giquetan
az	azun	gezzan
was	warun
las	larun	gileran
jah	jahun	gigehan

bat lag

sazun batun lagun

gisezzan gibetan gijegan.

GRAMMAR.

67

NOTE. — i. With the a in az, cp. OE. etan, Lat edere (to eat}, beside OE. let, Lat. ed-i.

2. On gihu, gehan, beside jah, see § 67.

3. sitzen from *sitjan, bitten from *bidjan (= Gothic bidjan), liggen from *ligjan. See § 56. The j belonged to the present only.

§157.

PRES.

a

faran (to go) tragan (to carry) wahsan (to grow) slahan (to strike) stantan (to stand)

Here belong also — heffen (to raise) huob skephen (to create) skuof swerien (to swear} swuor (suor)

CLASS VI. PRET. SG. PRET. PL. P.P.

uo fuor truog wuohs sluog stuont

uo

fuorun truogun wuohsun sluogun stuontun

gifaran

gitragan

giwahsan

gislagan

gistantan

huobun skuofun swuorun suorun

i. The 2nd and 3rd sg. pres. indie, have umlaut, see, however,

-haban giskaffan

gisworan

NOTE. §19.

2. The pret. sg. sluog has been formed after the analogy of the pret. pi. The regular form sluoh still occurs in the oldest monuments.

3. stuont, stuontun, gistantan have the n in the stem from the present, cp. OE. standan (to stand}, pret. stod. Forms without n are occasionally found in OHG. ; as pret. pi. forstuotun. For the shorter present forms, see § 180.

4. heffen from *hafjan [= Gothic haQ'an (to raise}, cp. Lat. capio] ; skephen from *skapjan ( = Gothic skapjan) ; swerien from *swarjan. See § 56. huob has its b from the pret. pi. and p.p., the regular form would be *huof. The present tense of these three verbs follows the inflection of the weak verbs, Class I.

5. The regular forms of the 2nd and 3rd sg. pres. indie, and 2nd sg. imperative were hevis, hevit, hevi ; for the v see § 7 under f. This v then became transferred to other forms of the present where it did not

F 2

68 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

originally belong, e.g. infin. heven, pres. participle heventi. Similarly at a later period the b of the pret. pi. and p.p. crept into the present, from which arose the Middle and Modern HG. form heben.

§ 158. CLASS VII.

To this class belong those verbs which had originally re- duplicated preterites like e. g. Greek \e\onra or Gothic haldan (to hold), pret. sg. haihald; letan (to let], pret. sg. lailot ; flokan (to complain), pret. sg. faiflok ; haitan (to call\ pret. sg. haihait ; aukan (to increase), pret. sg. aiauk.

The reduplication disappeared in OHG. through the re- duplicated syllable undergoing contraction with the stem syllable. Five sub-classes are to be distinguished according as the present stem contains —

a = Prim. Germanic a, Gothic a a = „ » „ e

ei = „ ai „ ai

ou(6§31)=,, „ au „ au

uo = „ ,,6 „ 6.

§ 159. Sub-classes 1, 2, 3.

The preterite of the verbs belonging here contained the stem- vowel e in the oldest state of the language. During the OHG. period this e was developed to ie through the inter- mediate stages ea, ia, see § 26. Otfrid had ia, Tatian ie. The pret. sg. and plur. have the same stem-vowel.

INFIN. PRET. SG. P. P.

haitan (to hold) hialt gihaltan

gangan (to go) giang gigangan

fallan (to fall) fial gifallan

Here belong properly also —

fahan (to seize) fiang gifangan

hahan (to hang) hiang gihangan.

GRAMMAR. 69

NOTE.— i. On the last two verbs see §§ 15, 63.

2. The pret. intfiegun in Tatian for intfiengun was formed after the analogy of the present.

3. For the shorter presents of gangan see § 181.

INFIN.	PRET. SG.	P.P.
lazan (to let)	liaz	gilazan
slafan (to sleep}	sliaf	gislafan
ratan (to advise)	riat	giratan
heizan (to call)	hiaz	giheizan
skeidan (to sever)	skiad	giskeidan
meizan (to cut)	rtiiaz	gimei^an

§ 160. Sub-classes 4, 5.

The preterite of these verbs in the oldest period of the language contained the diphthong eo, which became io (Otfrid ia) in the ninth century. Tatian has both eo and io.

INFIN. PRET. SG. P.P.

loufan (to run) liof giloufan

houwan (to hew) hio gihouwan

sto^an (to push) stioz, gistozan

ruofan (to calf) riof giruofan.

NOTE. — Upper German has the preterite forms liuf, hiu (§ 66), and riuf, see § 32.

B. WEAK VEKBS.

§ 161. The weak verbs, which for the most part are derivatives, are divided into three classes according as the infinitive ends in -en (from older -jan), -on, -en (from older -ain).

Three stems are to be distinguished in the conjugation of weak verbs : the stem of the present, preterite, and the past participle, which mostly agrees with that of the preterite.

70 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

NOTE. — The infinitive of Class I not unfrequently ends in -an (instead of -en), especially in the Upper German dialects. The ending -an was due to the analogy of the infinitive- ending of strong verbs.

1. First Weak Conjugation.

§ 162. The verbs of this conjugation are sub-divided into two classes: (i) Those which had originally a short stem syllable ; (2) Polysyllabic verbs and those which had a long stem syllable.

NOTE. — A syllable is long when it contains a long vowel or diph- thong, or a short vowel followed by two consonants belonging to the same syllable, thus e.g. slaf (sleep'], stein (stone}, gast (gtiesf).

Class a.

§ 163. Formation of the present stem. The present stem of these verbs became long (except in the second and third persons sg. indie., and second person sg. imperative) by the West Germanic law of the doubling of consonants, see § 56. The j had already disappeared in these persons before the operation of this law, for which reason they have single consonants. The verbs however ending in one of the affricatae zz (tz), pf, or ck (cch) (= West Germanic tj, pj, kj), have extended these throughout the present and to the imperative second sg.

Formation of the Preterite and Past Participle.

The j, which caused the doubling of the final consonants in the present stems, never existed in the preterite or past participle, so that these stems end in single consonants. The preterite has usually the ending -ita, but verbs, whose present stems end in one of the affricatae pf, zz (tz), or ck (cch) (= West Germanic pj, tj, kj), have the ending -ta in

GRAMMAR. 71

the preterite. Those whose present stems end in tt or 11 (= West Germanic dj, Ij), sometimes have the one ending and sometimes the other.

The past participle has two forms, the one called the un- inflected, the other the inflected form. The uninflected form ends in -it. The inflected form ends in -iter, when the preterite ends in -ita, and in -ter when the preterite ends in -ta,

§ 164. The full conjugation of zellen (to tell), and nerien {to save), will serve as models for this class.

Present. INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing. i. zellu, neriu zelle, nerie

2. zel-is, ner-is, -1st zell-es, neri-es;

-est

3. zelit, nerit zelle, nerie

Plur. i . zell-emes, neri-emes ; -en zell-en, neri-en ;

-ernes

2. zellet, neriet zellet, neriet

3. zellent, nerient zellen, nerien

IMPERATIVE. INFIN.

Sing. 2. zeli, neri zellen, nerien

GERUND. Plur. i . zell-emes, neri-emes ; -en Gen. zellennes, neri-

ennes

2. zellet, neriet Dat. zellenne, neri-

enne

PRES. PARTICIPLE. zellenti, nerienti.

72 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

Preterite.

INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing. i. zalta zelita, nerita zalti zeliti, ne-

riti ; -I

2. zalt-os zelit-6s, nerit-6s ; -ost zalt-is zelit-is

nerit-is; -1st

3. zalta zelita, nerita zalti zeliti, ner-

iti

Plur. i. zalt-un zelit-un, nerit-un ; -umes zalt-in zelt-in,

nerit-in ; lines

2. zaltut zelitut, neritut zaltit zelitit,

neritit

3. zaltun zelitun, neritun zaltin zelitln,

neritm.

PAST PARTICIPLE. gizalt gizelit, ginerit

NOTE. — i. On the personal endings cp. § 150, note.

2. The forms neriu, neriet, etc., sometimes appear as nerru, nerret, etc.

3. After the analogy of zelis, zelit, the other forms of the present have single consonants in Tatian.

Class b.

§ 165. The verbs of this class undergo no consonant changes in the present.

The preterite ends in -ta in the Upper German dialects and in Otfrid, while in Tatian it not unfrequently ends in -ita. The past participle follows the same rule as the verbs under Class a.

NOTE. — i. Present stems ending in double consonants are simplified in the preterite, as brennen (to burn), pret. branta ; kussen (to kiss), pret. kusta.

2. Verbs whose present stems end in a consonant + 1 have only one t in the preterite, as wenten (to turn}, pret. wanta.

GRAMMAR.

§ 166. The full conjugation of suochen (to seek] will serve as a model for this class.

Present.

INDIC. Sing. i. suochu

2. suoch-is ; -1st

3. suochit

Plur. i . suoch-emes ; -en

suochet suochent

' IMPER. Sing. 2. suochi

Plur. i. suoch-emes 2. suochet

-en

SUBJ.

suoche

suoch-es ; -est suoche

suoch-en ; -ernes suochet suochen

INFIN. suochen

GERUND.

Gen. suochennes Dat. suochenne

PRES. PART.

suochenti

Preterite. INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing, i . suohta suohti ; -i

2. suoht-6s; -ost suoht-is ; -1st

3. suohta suohti

Plur. i . suoht-un ; -umes suoht-In ; -lines

2. suohtut suohtit

3. suohtun suohtin

PAST PARTICIPLE. gi suochit.

•74 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

§ 167. The following verbs are irregular : —

INFIN. PRET.

denken (to think") dahta (§ 53)

dunken (to seem) duhta (§53)

furhten ) /, z /. .,v forhta ) /? -,„ 0/i\

> (to be afraid} _ , A > (o 17, 24)

funhten j v forahta j v

wurken (to worK) worhta (worahta)

(§§ 17, 24).

?. Second Weak Conjugation.

§ 168. Present.

INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing. i. salbon (I anoint) salbo

2. salbos(t) salbos(t)

3. salbot salbo

Plur. i. salbomes, salbon salb-6n; -omes

2. salbot salbot

3. salbon salbon

IMPER. INFIN.

Sing. 2. salbo salbon

.GERUND.

Plur. i. salbomes, salbon Gen. salbonnes

2. salbot Dat. salbonne

PRES. PART. salbonti.

Preterite.

INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing. i. salbota salboti ; -I

[etc., like suohta] [etc., like suohti]

PAST PART, gisalbot.

GRAMMAR. 75

NOTE. — The ist pi. pres. indie, and imper. and the whole of the subj. present have also longer forms salboen, subj. salboe, etc., in Upper German dialects.

3. Third Weak Conjugation.

§ 169. Present.

INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing. i. haben (7/km>) habe

2. habes(t) habes(t)

3. habet habe

Plur. i. habemes; haben haben; habemes

2. habet habet

3. haben haben

IMPER. INFIN.

Sing. 2. habe haben

GERUND.

Plur. i. habemes ; haben Gen. habennes

2. habet Dat. habenne

PRES. PART. habenti.

Preterite.

INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing. i. habeta habeti ; -I

[etc., like suohta] [etc., like suohti]

PAST PART, gihabet

NOTE. — i. Longer forms occur, habeen, habee, as in the second conjugation.

2. Forms like hebis, hebit ; segis, segit ; hebita, segita, are due to a contamination with verbs of the first conjugation.

76 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

MINOR GROUPS. A. PRETERITE-PRESENTS.

§ 170. These verbs have strong preterites with a present meaning, like Gk. ol8a, Lat. novi (I know), from which new weak preterites have been formed. The 2. sg. ends in -t and has the same stem-vowel as the i. and 3. sg. The following verbs belong to this class : —

§ 171. I. Ablaut-series.

Weiz (/ know), 2. sg. weist; i. pi. wizzun (-times), subj. wizzi; pret. wissa (wessa, westa) ; infin. wi^zan; pres. part, wizzanti ; p.p. giwizzan.

PI. eigun (we have), eigut, eigun ; subj. eigi, p.p. eigan (own) as adj. only. The other forms of this verb are wanting.

§ 172. II. Ablaut-series.

3. sg. toug (it avails), 3. pi. tugun; pret. 3. sg. tohta; pres. part, toganti, inf. wanting.

§ 173. III. Ablaut-series.

An (I grant), pi. unnun, subj. unni, pret. onda (onsta), inf. unnan.

kan (I can, know), 2. sg. kanst, pi. kunnun, subj. kunni, pret. konda (konsta) ; inf. kunnan ; pres. part, kunnanti.

darf (/ need), 2. sg. darft, pi. durfun, subj. durfi, pret. dorfta, inf. durfan.

gi-tar (/ dare), 2. sg. gitarst, pi. giturrun, subj. giturri, pret, gitorsta, inf. and pres. part, wanting, p.p. gitorran.

§174. IV. Ablaut-series.

skal (I shall), 2. sg. scalt, pi. sculun, subj. sculi; pret. scolta, inf. scolan, pres. part, scolanti.

GRAMMAR. 77

NOTE. — Some forms of this verb occur occasionally without c, e.g. Tatian sal, solta, cp. the NHG. forms and OE. sceal, beside Mod. Northern Engl. dial, sal.

§ 175. V. Ablaut-series.

mag (/ may, can), 2. sg. maht, pi. magun (mugun), subj. megi (mugi), pret. mahta (mohta), inf. magan (mugan), pres. part, maganti (muganti).

VI. Ablaut-series.

§ 176. nmoz (I may, must], 2 sg. muost, pi. muo^un, subj. muo^i, pret. muosa, infin. and pres. part, wanting. i B. VEBBS IN -MI.

§ 177. The first person sg. pres. indie, of the Indo- Germanic verb ended either in -6 or in -mi (cp. the Greek verbs in -o> and -/u, like $e'p<» and TI%U, etc.). To the verbs in -6 belong all the regular Germanic verbs; of the verbs in -mi only scanty remains have been preserved ; they are distinguished by the fact that the first person sg. pres. indie, ends in -m which became -n in OHG. in the ninth century. Here belong the following OHG. verbs: —

§ 178. 1. The Substantive Verb.

Present.

INDIC. SUBJ.

Sing. i. bim, bin si

2. bist, bis sis, sist

3. ist si

Plur. i. birun aim (sin)

2. birut sit

3. sint sin.

78 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

The other forms are supplied from wesan (§ 156), thus imper. 2. sg. wis, pi. weset, inf. wesan, pres. part, wesanti, pret. i, 3. sg. was, 2. sg. wari, pi. warun.

NOTE. — i. The subj. pres. and the indie. 3rd sg. 1st, 3rd pi. sint were formed from the root es-. The forms with b probably arose from a contamination of the root es- with the root bheu- ( = Lat. fu-). The regular forms would have been *im, *is, *irum (*irun), *irut.

2. The inf. form sin was an OHG. new formation.

§179.

OLDEST

2. The Verb tuon (to do).

INDICATIVE FORM.	TATIAN.	OTFRID.
Sing. i. torn	tuon	duan
2. tOS	tuos(t), tuis	duas(t), duis(t)
3. tot	tuot	duat, duit.
Plur. i. tomes	tuomes, tuon	duen
2. tot	tuot	duet
3. tont	tuont	duent, duant.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Sing. i. 3. to	tuo (tuoe, tuoa, tue)	due
2. tOS	tues	duest
Plur. i. torn	e	duen
2. tot	tuot
3. ton	tuon
IMPERATIVE
Sing. 2. to	tuo	dua
Plur. i. tomes	tuomes	duemes
2. tot	tuot	duet, duat.
INFIN. ton	tuon	duan
GER. DAT. tonne	tuonne	duanne.
PARTICIPLE tonti	tuonti

GRAMMAR.

79

The preterite of tuon is inflected like a verb of the fifth ablaut-series, except that the i. and 3. sg. have reduplication, teta. The forms are : —

Indie. Sing, i, 3. teta, 2. tati

„ Plur. tatun, tatut, tatun. Subj. Sing, i, 3. tati, 2. tatis(t), etc. Past Participle gitan. 3. The verbs gan (gen) (to go) and stan (sten) (to stand).

§180. The strong verbs gangan (§ 159) and stantan (§ 157), which regularly form their preterites giang, stuont, have beside these short present forms.

The Alemanic dialect has the forms gan, stan, while the Bavarian and the Franconian dialects have mostly the forms gen, sten.

§ 181. The full conjugation of gan (gen) will serve for both verbs.

SUBJUNCTIVE. ge ges(t)

ge gen get gen.

INFINITIVE. gan; gen. GERUND. GEN. gannes. DAT. ganne. PRES. PARTICIPLE. ganti ; genti.

NOTE. — The 2nd sg. indie, is in Otfrid geist, steist, and the 3rd sg. mostly geit, steit.

INDICATIVE.
Sing, i . gam, gan ;	gem, gen
2. gas(t);	ges(t)
3- gat;	get
Plur. i. games, gan;	gemes, gen
2. gat;	get
3. gant;	gent
IMPERATIVE.
Sing. 2. [gang]

Plur. i. games; gemes, gen 2. gat; get

8o

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

4. The Verb (will).

§ 182. The present tense of this verb was originally an optative (subjunctive) form of a verb in -mi, used indicatively, cp. Gothic wiljau. To this, was formed a new subjunctive and a weak preterite.

Present. INDICATIVE. Sing. i. wiUu (wille, willa)

2. will (wills)

3. wili (wilit) Plur. i. wellemes, wellen

2. wellet

3. wellent

INFIN. wellen.

SUBJUNCTIVE. welle ;welles(t) welle

wellemes, wellen wellet wellen,

PRES. PART. wellenti.

INDICATIVE. Sing. i. wolta etc.

Preterite.

SUBJUNCTIVE. wolti \ -I etc.

NOTE. — The present forms of this verb, which have the stem vowel e, have o in the Franconian dialects after the analogy of the preterite, thus inf. wollen, etc.

GRAMMAR.

81

SYNTAX. Cases.

§ 183. Accusative. The Accusative has much the same function as in NHG. The verbs ahten (to persecute], beiton (to wait for), bigehan (to confess), coston (to tempt), govern the Genitive or Accusative.

§ 184. Genitive. The verbs gehan (to confess], cor6n,(/<? taste], suorgen (to take thought for], furlougnen (to deny), take the Genitive. The Genitive is sometimes used adverbially, as alles (else), nalles (— ni alles) (not at alt], tages (by day), heimwartes (homeivards], niuwes (recently], etc.

§ 185. Dative. The verbs fluohhon (to speak evil of), folgen (to follow), helfan (to help), thionon (to serve), take the Dative.

Adjectives.

§ 186. The weak and strong forms are used in much the same manner as in Modern High German.

The comparative and superlative degrees of adjectives, and the ordinal numerals [except ander (second)] follow the weak declension, as er ward altero (he became older)', er mir liobosto was (he was dearest to me) ; er ist furisto (he is the first).

Adjectives may be used as nouns without the article, as snel indi kuoni, thaz uuas imo gekunni (quickness and boldness were inborn in him) ; blinte gisehent, halze gan- gent (the blind see, the lame walk).

When the same adjective refers both to masc. and fern, beings, it is put in the neut. plural, as siu tmarun rehtiu beidu fora gote (they were both righteous before God).

Cardinal numerals compounded of -zug (decade), as

82 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

fiorzug (forty), as well as hunt (hundred), and dusunt (thousand}, are used as nouns and govern the Genitive case. filu (much) also takes the Genitive.

The uninflected form of the adjective, when used attribu- tively or predicatively, occurs beside the inflected form in the Nom. sing, of all genders, and in the Ace. sing, neuter, thus blint man beside blinter man (blind man]', blint frouwa beside blintiu frouwa (blind woman) ; blint kind beside blintaz kind (blind child) ; alt was siu jaro (she was old in years).

In the Nom. plural all genders, the uninflected form occurs beside the inflected form when the adjective is used predicatively; thus die man sint blint or blinte (the men are blind) \ wir birun fro (we are joyful).

NOTE. — The Nom. sing, uninflected form of the adjective is a remnant of the time when the adjectives had the same endings as the nouns, cp. Nom. sing, wolf (wolf\ wort (-word} ; era (honour], is properly the Ace. form, the regular Nom. form would be *er, see § 35, 2.

Pronouns.

§ 187. Personal pronouns were sometimes omitted, as sprichist, thaz ni scalt (thou speakest what thou oughtest not) ; farames (let us go) ; uuard tho (then it happened) ; mill hungirit (/ am hungry).

The relative pronoun was generally expressed by der, daz,, diu, which however could be omitted, as funtun einan man, mit namon Simeon hiez. (they found a man who was called Simeon by name).

der and er were sometimes used pleonastically, as thie morganllhho tag ther bisuorget sin selbo (the morrow shall take thought for the things of itself ) ; Lazarus er was iro ein (Lazarus was one of them).

GRAMMAR. 83

Verbs.

§ 188. Tenses. The future simple was generally ex- pressed by the present as in OE., as nemnis thu sinan namon Johannem (thou shall call his name John).

The preterite had rarely a perfect meaning. Both the perfect and pluperfect were expressed by the past participle and one of the auxiliary verbs haben, eigan, wesan, as er habet uns gizeigot (he hath shown unto us] ; thasj eigut ir gihorit (that have ye heard] ; ih bim alt, inti mm quena fram 1st gigangan in ira tagun (=the Latin ego enim sum senex, et uxor mea processit in diebus suis).

§ 189. Voice. In the oldest monuments the passive was expressed by the past participle and one of the auxiliary verbs wesan, werdan without any distinction in meaning, thus ist ginoman or wirdit ginoman = (is taken] ; was ginoman or ward ginoman = (was taken],

From the ninth century onward a distinction began to be made in such a way that werdan came to be used for the imperfect tenses, and wesan for the perfect tenses ; thus wirdit ginoman =(is taken} ; ist ginoman = (has been taken) ; ward ginoman = (was taken) ; war ginoman = (had been taken].

G 2

TEXTS.

i. TATIAN.

The Old High German translator of the Gospel Harmony, which generally goes under the name of Tatian, is unknown. The German version, written in the East Franconian dialect, was probably made at the monastery of Fulda about the year 825.

The most useful edition is by Professor Sievers, ' Tatian, Lateinisch und Altdeutsch, mit ausfiihrlichem Glossar,' Paderborn, 1872.

1. Prologus. Luke i. 1-4.

Bithiu uuanta manage zilotun ordinon saga thio in uns gifulta sint rahhono, so uns saltun thie thar fon anaginne selbon gisahun inti ambahta uuarun uuortes, uuas mir gisehan gifolgentemo fon anaginne allem, gernlihho after antreitu thir scriben, thu bezzisto Theophile, thaz thu 5 forstantes thero uuorto, fon them thu gilerit bist, uuar.

2. I. John i. 1-5.

i. In anaginne uuas uuort inti thaz uuort uuas mit gote inti got selbo uuas thaz uuort. Tha^ uuas in ana- ginne mit gote. Alliu thuruh thaz vvurdun gitan inti uz^an sin ni uuas uuiht gitanes thaz thar gitan uuas; thaz 10 uuas in imo lib inti thaz lib uuas lioht manno. Inti thaz lioht in fmstarnessin liuhta inti finstarnessi tha^ ni bigriffun.

86 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

3. II. Luke i. 5-25.

2. Uuas intagun Herodes thes cuninges Judeno sumer biscof namen Zacharias fon themo uuehsale Abiases inti 15 quena imo fon Aarones tohterun inti ira namo uuas Elisabeth. Siii uuarun rehtiu beidu fora gote, gangenti in alien bibotun inti in gotes rehtfestih uzzan lastar, inti ni uuard in sun, bithiu uuanta Elisabeth uuas unberenti inti beidu fram gigiengun in iro tagun. Uuard tho, mit 20 thiu her in biscofheite giordinot uuas in antreitu sines uuehsales fora gote, after giuuonu thes biscofheites- in loz^ze fram gieng, thaz, her uuihrouh branti ingangenti in gotes tempal, inti al thiu menigi uuas thes folkes uz^e, betonti in thero ziti thes rouhennes. Araugta sih imo 25 gotes engil, stantenti in zeso thes altares thero uuihrouh- brunsti. Thanan tho Zacharias uuard gitruobit thaz sehenti, inti forhta anafiel ubar inan. Quad tho zi imo ther engil : ' ni forhti thu thir, Zacharias, uuanta gihorit ist thin gibet, inti thin quena Elysabeth gibirit thir sun, 30 inti nemnis thu sman namon Johannem. Inti her ist thir gifeho inti blidida, inti manage in sinero giburti mendent. Her ist uuarlihho mihhil fora truhtme inti uuin noh lid ni trinkit inti heilages geistes uuirdit gifullit fon hinan fon reve sinero muoter, inti manage Israheles barno giuuerbit 35 zi truhtme gote iro. Inti her ferit fora inan in geiste inti in megine Heliases, thaz, her giuuente herzun fatero in kind, inti ungiloubfolle zi uuistuome rehtero, garuuen truhtme thuruhthigan folc.'

Inti quad Zacharias zi themo engile : c uuanan uueiz ih 40 thaz ? ih bim alt, inti min quena fram ist gigangan in ira tagun/ Tho antlingonti thie engil quad imo: ' ih bim Gabriel, thie a^stantu fora gote, inti bin gisentit zi thir

TATIAN. 87

thisu thir sagen. Inti nu uuirdist thu sulgenti inti ni maht sprehhan unzan then tag, in themo thisu uuerdent, 45 bithiu uuanta thu ni giloubtus minen uuortun, thiu thar gifultu uuerdent in iro ziti/ Inti uuas thaz, folc beitonti Zachariam, inti wuntorotun thaz her la^eta in templo. Her uz gangenti ni mohta sprehhan zi in, inti forstuontun thaz, her gisiht ,gisah in templo, her thaz, bouhnenti in 50 thuruhuuoneta stum, Inti gifulte uurdun tho taga sines ambahtes, gieng in sin hus; after then tagon intfieng Elisabeth sin quena inti tougilta sih nmf manoda, que- denti : ' uuanta sus teta mir trohtm in tagon, in then her giscouuuota arfirran mman itiuuiz untar mannon.' 55

4. III. Luke i. 26-56.

3. In themo sehsten manude gisentit uuard engil Gabriel fon gote in thie burg Galileae, thero namo ist Nazareth, zi thiornun gimahaltero gommanne, themo namo uuas Joseph, fon huse Davides, inti namo thero thiornun Maria. Inti ingangenti ther engil zi iru quad : 60 ' heil uuis thu gebono follu ! truhtin mit thir, gisegenot sis thu in uulbun.' Tho siu thiu gisah, uuas gitruobit in sinemo uuorte inti thahta, uuellh uuari thaz uuolaqueti. Quad iru ther engil: 'ni forhti thir, Maria, thu fundi huldi mit gote, senonu inphahis in reve inti gibiris sun 65 inti ginemnis sinan namon Heilant. Ther ist mihhil inti thes hoisten sun ist ginemnit, inti gibit imo truhtin sedal Davides sines fater, inti rlhhisot in huse Jacobes zi euuidu, inti sines rlhhes nist enti.' Quad tho Maria zi themo engile : ' vvuo mag thaz, sin ? uuanta ih gommannes uuis 70 ni bin.' Antlingota tho ther engil, quad iru : ' thie heilago geist quimit ubar thih, inti thes hohisten megin biscatuit

88 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

thih, bithiu thaz^ thar giboran uuirdit heilag, thag uuirdit ginemnit gotes barn. Senonu Elisabeth thin magin siu inphieng sun in ira alttuome inti thiz ist thie sehsto 75 manod them, thiu thar ginemnit ist unberenta : bithiu uuanta nist unodi mit gote iogiuuellh uuort.' Tho quad Maria: 'senonu gotes thiu, uuese mir after thmemo uuorte/ Inti arfuor tho fon iru thie engil.

4. Arstantenti Maria in then tagon gieng in gibirgu 80 mit ilungu in Judeno burg, ingieng tho in hus Zachariases inti heilizita Helisabeth. Uuard tho, so siu gihorta heili- zunga Mariun Elisabeth, gifah thaz^ kind in ira reve. Uuard tho gifullit heilages geistes Elisabeth, arriof mih- hilero stemnu inti quad : ' gisegenot sis thu untar uuibun, 85 inti gisegenot si thie uuahsmo thinero uuamba, inti uuanan mir, thag queme mines truhtmes muoter zi mir ? Senonu so sliumo so thiu stemna uuard thines heilizinnes in minen orun, gifah in gifehen kind in mmemo reve, inti saligu thiu thar giloubta, uuanta thiu uuerdent gifre- 90 mitu, thiu thar giquetan vvurdun iru fon truhtme/ Tho quad Maria : ' mihhiloso mm sela truhtin, inti gifah min geist in gote mlnemo heilante, bithiu uuanta her gis- couuota odmuoti sinero thiuui, senonu fon thiu saliga mih quedent allu cunnu, bithiu uuanta mir teta mihhilu thie 95 thar mahtig ist, inti heilag sin namo inti sin miltida in cunniu inti in cunnu inan forhtanten. Teta maht in sinemo arme, zispreitta ubarhuhtige muote sines herzen, nidargisazta mahtige fon sedale inti arhuob odmuotlge, hungerente gi- fulta guoto inti otage forlie^ Itale. Inphieng Israhel sinan 100 kneht zi gimuntlgonne sinero miltidu, so her sprah zi unsen faterun, Abrahame inti sinemo samen zi uuerolti.'-Uuoneta Maria mit iru nah thri manoda inti uuarb zi ira hus.

T ATI AN. 89

5. IV. Luke i. 57-80.

"4, 9. Elisabeth uuarllhho uuard gifullit zlt zi beranne inti gibar ira sun. Inti gihortun thaz tho ira nahiston 105 inti ira cundon, thaz. truhtin mihhilosota sma miltida mit iru, inti gifahun mit iru. Uuard tho in themo ahtuden tage, quamun zi bismdanne thaz kind, namtun inan sines fater namen Zachariam. Antlingota tho sin muoter inti quad : ' nio in altare, uz^ar sin namo seal sin Johannes/ 1 10 Inti quadun zi iru : ' nioman nist in thmemo cunne thie thar ginemnit si thesemo namen.' Bouhnitun tho sinemo fater, uuenan her uuoltl inan ginemnitan uuesan? Bat tho scrlbsahses, screib sus quedanti : ' Johannes ist sin namo'; vvuntorotun thaz tho alle. Gioffonota sih tho 115 sliumo sin mund inti sin zunga, inti sprah got uuihenti. Uuard tho forhta ubar alle iro nahiston, inti ubar allu gibirgu Judeno vvurdun gimarit allu thisu uuort, inti gisaztun alle thie iz, gihortun in iro herzen sus quedante : 'uuaz, uuanis these kneht si?' inti gotes hant uuas mit 120 imo.

Inti Zacharias sin fater uuard gifullit heilages geistes inti uulzagota sus quedanti : ' Giuulhit si truhtin got Israhelo, bithiu uuanta uulsota inti teta losunga sinemo folke inti arrihta horn heill uns in huse Davides sines 125 knehtes. So her sprah thuruh mund heilagero, thie fon uuerolti uuarun', slnero uul^agono, heili fon unsaren fiian- tun inti fon henti allero thie unsih haz,z,otun, zi tuonne miltida mit unsaren faterun inti zi gihugenne slnero heilagun giuuiznessl, thero eidburti, thie her suor zi 130 Abrahame unsaremo fater, sih uns zi gebanne, thaz, uz.an forhta fon hentin unsero fiianto arloste thionomes imo in heilagnesse inti in rehte fora imo alien unsaren tagun.

90 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

Thu kneht uuizago thes hohisten bis thu ginemnit, fora- feris uuarlihho fora truhtines annuzzi zi garuuenne slnan 135 uueg, zi gebanne uuistuom heill sinemo folke in forlaz,- nessi iro suntono thuruh innuovilu miltida unsares gotes, in then uulsota unsih ufgang fon hohl, inliuhten then thie thar in finstarnessin inti in scuuen todes sizzent, zi girih- tenne unsera fuoz,zj in uueg sibba. — Ther kneht vvuohs 140 inti uuard gistrengisot geiste inti uuas in vvuostinnu unzan then tag smero arougnessi zi Israhel.

6. V. Luke ii. 1-7.

5, ii. Uuard tho gitan in then tagun, framquam gibot fon <5emo aluualten keisure, thaz gibrievit vvurdi al these umbiuuerft. Thaz giscrib iz. eristen uuard gitan in Syriu 145 fon (5emo graven Cyrine, inti fuorun alle, thaz biiahin thionost iogiuuelih in smero burgi. Fuor tho Joseph fon Galileu fon thero burgi thiu hiez Nazareth in Judeno lant inti in Davides burg, thiu uuas ginemnit Bethleem, bithiu uuanta her uuas fon huse inti fon hiuuiske Davides, thaz, 150 her giiahi saman mit Mariun imo gimahaltero gimahhun

so scaffaneru. Tho sie thar uuarun, vvurtmn taga gifulte, tha^ siu bari, inti gibar ira sun eristboranon inti biuuant inan mit tuochum inti gilegita inan in/crippea, bithiu uuanta im ni uuas ander stat in themo gasthuse. 155

7. VI. Luke ii. 8-20.

6. Uuarun tho hirta in thero lantskeffi uuahhante inti bihaltante nahtuuahta ubar ero euuit. Quam thara gotes engil inti gistuont nah im inti gotes berahtnessi bischein sie, giforhtun sie im tho in mihhilero forhtu. Inti quad

T ATI AN. 91

im ther engil : ' ni curet iu forhten, ih sagen iu mihhilan 160 gifehon, ther ist allemo folke, bithiu uuanta giboran ist iu hiutu Heilant, ther ist Christ truhtin in Davides burgi. Thaz si iu zi zeichane, tha^ ir findet kind mit tuochum bivvuntanaz, inti gilegitaz, in crippa.' Tho sliumo uuard thar mit themo engile menigi himilisches heres got 165 lobontiu inti quedentiu: ' Tiurida si in then hohistom gote, inti in erdu si sibba mannun guotes uuillen.' Uuard tho thaz, arfuorun fon in thie engila in himil, tho sprachun thie hirta untar in zuisgen: 'farames zi Bethleem, inti gisehemes tha^ uuort, thaz thar gitan ist thag truhtm uns 170 araugta/ Inti quamun tho Ilente inti fundun Mariun inti Joseben inti tha^ kind gilegitaz, in crippea. Sie tho gisehente forstuontun fon tSemo uuorte, thaz im giquetan uuas fon (Semo kinde, inti alle thi thaz, gihortun uuarun tha^ vvuntoronte inti fon 'Sem thiu giquetanu vvurdun zi 175 im fom (Sem hirtin. Maria uuarlihho gihielt allu thisu uuort ahtonti in ira herzen. Vvurbun tho thie hirta heimuuartes diurente inti got lobonte in allem them thiu sie gihortun inti gisahun, soso zi im gisprochan uuas.

8. LXXXVIL John iv. 4-42.

87. Gilamf inan varan thuruh Samariam. Inti quam 180 tho in burg Samariae thiu dar ist giquetan Sychar, nah uodile den dar gab Jacob Josebe sinemo sune. Uuas dar brunno Jacobes. Der heilant uuas giuueigit fon dero uuegeverti, saz, so obi themo brunnen, uuas tho zlt nah sehsta. Quam tho uuib fon Samariu sceffen uuazzar. 185 Tho quad iru der heilant : ' gib mir trinkan.' Sine iun- goron giengun in burg, thaz. sie muos couftln. Tho quad imo uuib thaz. samaritanisga : 'uueo thu mit thiu

92 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

Judeisg bis trinkan fon mir bitis, mit thiu bin uulb sa- maritanisg? ni ebanbruchent Judei Samaritanis/ Tho 190 antlingita ther heilant inti quad iru : <oba thu uuessis gotes geba, inti uuer ist the dir quidit : gib mir trinkan, thu odouuan batis fon imo, thaz, he dir gabi lebenti uuazzar.' Tho quad imo thaz uulb : ' herro, thu nu ni habes mit hiu scefes inti thiu fuzze teof ist, uuanan habes 195 lebenti uuazzar ? Eno thu bistu mera unsaremo fater Jacobe, the dar gab uns den phuzi, her tranc fon imo inti sina suni inti sin film?'

Tho antuurtanti ther heilant in quad iru : ' giuuelih de dar trinkit fon uuazzare thesemo, thurstit inan abur, de 200 dar trinkit fon thesemo uuazzare thaz ih gibu, ni thurstit zi euuidu, ouh uuazzar, thaz ih imo gibu, ist in imo brunno uuaz,z,ares ufspringanti in euuin lib/ Tho quad zi imo thaz uulb : ' herro, gib mir thaz, uuzzar, thaz, mih ni thurste noh ni queme hera scephen/ Tho quad iru 205 der heilant : ' var inti halo thinan gomman inti quim/ Antuurtanti daz uuib inti quad : ' ni habu gomman.' Tho quad iru der heilant : ' uuola quadi, thaz thu ni habes gomman ; thu habetos finf gomman inti den thu nu habes, nist din gomman, thaz quadi du uuar/ Tho quad 210 imo thaz, uulb : ' herro, ih gisihu daz, thu uuT^ogo bist. Unsara fatera in thesemo berge bettotun, inti ir quedent, uuanta in Hierusalem ist stat dar gilimphit zi bettonne/ Tho quad iru der heilant: 'uuib, giloubi mir, uuanta quimit zit, danna noh in thesemo berge noh in Hieruso- 2 1 5 limis betot ir fater. Ir bettot daz, ir ni uuiz,z,unt, uuir betomes da^ uuir uui^^umes, uuanta heilf fon Judeis ist. Ouh quimit zit inti nu ist, danna thie uuaron betere betont den fater in geiste inti in uuare, uuanta der fater

TATIAN. 93

sulicha suochit de dar beton inan. Geist ist got inti the 220 dar inan betont, in geiste inti uuare gilimfit zi betonne.' Tho quad imo daz, uuib : ' ih uuei^, uuanta Messias quimit, the giquetan ist Crist; thanne her quimit, her gisaget uns alliu/ Tho quad iru der heilant : ' ih bin the sprichu mit thir.' 225

Inti sliumo quamun tho sin a iungoron inti uuntrotun bi hiu her mit uuibe sprachi. Neman ni quad thoh : 'uuaz, suochis odo uuaz sprichis mit iru?' Vorliez, tho iro uuaz^arfaz, daz. uuib inti fuor in burg inti sagata then manmin : ' quemet inti gisehet then man the mir quad 230 alliu so uuelichu so ih teta, eno nist her Crist?' Tho giengun sie uz, fon dero burgi inti quamun zi imo. — Untar diu batun inan sina iungoron sus quedente: ' meister, iz/ Her quad in tho : ' ih muos haben zi ez^enna tha^ ir ni uui^^unt.' Tho quadun the iungoron 235 untar in zuisgen : ceno ni brahta imo uuer zi ez^anna?' Tho quad in der heilant : ' mm muos ist thaz. ih uuirche thes uuillon the mih santa, thaz, ih thuruhfreme sin uuerc. Eno ni quedet ir, thaz, noh nu vior manoda sint inti arn quimit ? ih quidu iu : hebet iif iuuariu ougun inti sehet 240 thiu lant, bidiu siu uuT^u sint iu zi ami. Inti the dar arnot mieta intfahit inti samonot fruht in euum lib, tha^ der the sahit saman giveha inti the thar arnot. In thiu ist uuar uuort : uuanta andar ist the sahit inti ander ist the arnot. Ih santa iuuuih zi arnonne thaz, ir ni arbei- 245 totut, andre arbeitotun inti ir in iro arbeit ingiengunt/

Fon dero burgi manege giloubtun in inan thero Samari- tanorum thuruh uuort thes uuibes giuui^scaf imo sa- gantes ; uuanta quad mir alliu thiu ih teta. Tho sie zi imo quamun the Samaritani, batun inan, thaz, her dar 250

94 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

uuonati. Inti uuonata dar zuuena taga; inti michilu menigiron giloubtun thuruh sm uuort inti themo uuibe quadun : ' bidiu uuir iu nalles thuruh dina spracha gilou- bemes ; uuir selbon gihortomes inti uuiz.z.umes, uuanta zi uuara theser ist heilant mittilgartes.' 255

9. CXXXVI. Luke ix. 51-54.

136. Uuard tho, mit thiu gifullite uuarun taga smeru nunfti, inti her sin annuci festinota, thaz, her fuori zi Hierusalem, santa boton furi sih ; inti farenti giengun in burg thero Samaritano, thaz, sia imo garauuitin. Inti sie nintfiengun inan, uuanta sin annuci uuas farenti ci 260 Hierusalem. Tho thaz, gisahun sine iungiron Jacobus inti Johannes, quadun : ' trohtm, uuil thu, tha^ uuir quedemes tha^ fiur nidarstige fon himile inti forbrenne

sie ?' Her tho ci in giuuentit increbota sie; inti giengun in andera burg. 265

10. CXXXVII.

137. 1Ther heilant er sehs tagon ostron quam ci Bethaniu, thar da uuas Lazarus tot, then dar eruuacta ther heilant. 2 Mit diu her uuas in Bethania in huse Simones thes horngibruoder, s forstuont mihil menigi fon then Judein thaz, her thar ist inti quamun nalles thurah 270 then heilant eckrodo, oh tha^ sie Lazarusan gisahln then her eruuacta fon tode. Thie Pharisei quathun ci in selbon: ' gisehet ir tha^ uuir niouuiht ni dihemes; senunu

al thisiu uueralt ferit after imo.' Thahtun thie heroston thero heithafton, tha^ sie Lazarusan ersluogln, uuanta 275 1 John xii. i. 2 Mark xiv. 3. 3 John xii. 9, xix. 10, xi. a.

TATIAN. 95

manage thurah inan erfuoron fon then Judaein inti giloubtun in then heilant. Tatun imo thar abandmuos inti Martha ambahtita, Lazarus uuas ein thero thie mit imo sa^un.

11. CXXXVIIL

138. l Maria 2habenti salbfa^ salbun fon narthu gitana 280 diura inti gibrohanemo go^ ubar sin houbit 3 linentes

4 inti salbota sine fuo^i inti suarb mit ira locon, inti thaz, hus uuas gifullit fon themo stanke thera salbun. Tho quad ein fon smen iungiron, Judas Scarioth, ther inan uuas selenti : * bihiu ni uuirdit thiu salba forcoufit uuidar 285 thriuhunt pfennigon inti gigeban thurftigon?' Thaz, quad her, nalles fon then armon ni gilamf ci imo, oh bithiu uuanta her thiob uuas inti sehhil habenti thiu thar gisentidiu uuarui} truog siu. 5 Uuarun sume unuuerdliho tragenti untar in selben inti quedenti : ' ziu ist forlust 290 therra salbun gitan?' 6Uuiz,z,enti tha^ ther heilant quad

in : ' ziu birut ir hefige themo liuibe ? guot uuerc uuirkit siu in mir. 7Ir habet simbulun thurftlgon mit iu, inti thanne ir uuollet mugut in uuola tuon ; mih ni habet ir simbulun. 8 Sententi thisiu thesa salbun in mman liha- 295 mon teta mih ci bigrabanne. Uuar quidih iu, so uuar gipredigot uuirdit thiz evangelium in alleru uueralti, ist giquetan inti tha^ thisiu teta in ira gimunt/

9 Tha^ gisehenti thie Fariseus thien thara ladota quad sus in imo selbemo : ' oba theser uuari uui^ago, her 300 uuessi i^ giuuesso uuiolih inti uuelih uulb thaz. uuas, thiu

1 John xii. 3. 2 Mark xiv. 3. 3 Matt. xxvi. 7. * John xii. 3-6.

5 Mark xiv. 4. 6 Matt. xxvi. 10. 7 Mark xiv. 7. 8 Matt. xxvi. 12, 13. 9 Luke vii. 39-50.

96 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

inan ruorit ; uuanta siu suntig 1st.' Antlingita ther heilant, quad ci imo: 'Simon, ih haben thir sihuuaz, ci quedanne.' Her quad tho : ' meistar, quid ! ' ' Zuene sculdigon uuarun sihuuellhemo inlihere ; ein solta finf hunt pfenningo, ander 305 solta finfzug : in tho ni habenten uuanan sie gultm, tho forgab her giuuederemo. Uuedaran minnota her mer?' Tho antlingita Simon inti quad : ' ih uuaniu thaz, ther themo her mera forgab.' Her quad imo tho : ' rehto duomtos.' Inti giuuant ci themo uuibe quad : ' Simon, 3-10 gisihisttu thiz uuib ? Ingieng ih in thin hus, uuaz.zar ni gabi thu mlnen fuo^on ; thisiu abur mit ira zaharin lacta inti mit ira fahsu suarb. Cus mir ni gabi ; thisiu fon thes siu ingieng ni bilan cussan mine fuozi. Mit oliu mm houbit ni salbotostu; thisiu mit salbun salbota mine 315 fuo^^i. Thurah thaz, quidih thir : sint iru forla^ano manago sunta, uuanta siu minnota filu. . Themo min uuirdit forlazan, min minnot.' Tho quad her zi iru: ' forla^ano sint thir sunta.' Tho bigondun thie dar saman sa^^un quedan inan in : ' uuer ist theser, thie dar sunta 320 forlaz.it?' Tho quad her ci themo uuibe: 'thin giloubo teta thih heila, far in sibbu/ 1 Thesen giquetanen gieng stigenti zi Hierusalem.

12. CXXXIX. John xii. 20-36.

139. Uuarun heidane sume fon then thie dar stigun tha^ sie betotin in themo itmalen tage. Thie giengun ci 325 Philippe, ther uuas fon Bethsaidu Galileae, inti 'batun inan sus quedenti : ' herro, uuir uuollemes then heilant gisehan.' Tho quam Philippus inti quad Andreae, Andreas abur inti Philippus quadun themo heilante. 1 Matt. xx. 1 7.

T ATI AN. 97

Ther heilant antlingita in quedenti : ' cumit clt in them 330 gidiurit uuirdit mannes sun. Uuar uuar quidih iu, nibi thaz corn thinkiles fallenti in erda tot uuirdit, thaz selba eino uuonet ; ob iz, erstirbit, managan uuahsmon bringit. . Thie dar minnot sin ferah, thie forliosez ; thie dar hazzot sin ferah in therru uueralti, in euum lib giheltit iz. Oba 335 uuer mir ambahte, mir folge : thar ih bin thar ist mm ambaht ; oba uuer mir ambahtit, inan giheret mm fater. Nu mm sela gitruobit ist. Inti uua^ quidu ? Fater, giheili mih fon theru stuntu ! Thurah thaz, quam ih in thesa clt. Fater giberehto thlnan namon ! ' Quam stemma 340 fon himile : ' inti giberehtota inti abur giberehton.'

Thiu menigl thiu dar stuont inti gihorta quadun thaz thonar gitan uuari, andere quadun : ' engil sprah zi imo.' Tho antlingita ther heilant inti quad : ' nalles thurah mih thisiu stemma quam, oh thurah iuuuih. Nu ist duom 345 thesses mittilgartes, nu ther herosto thesses mittilgartes uuirdit eruuorpfan u^. Inti ih, ob ih erhaban uuirdu fon erdu, alliu thinsu zi mir selbemo/ Thaz, quad her gizei- hanonti uuellhemo tode sterbenti uuari. Tho antlingita imo thiu menigl : ' uuir gihortumes fon theru evvu uuanta 350 Christ uuonet zi euuidu ; inti vvuo quidistu : gilinpfit zi erhefanne mannes sun ? Uuer ist ther mannes sun ? ' Tho quad ther heilant : ' noh nu ist lucil lioht in iu. Geet unz ir lioht habet, thaz, iuuuih finstarnessi ni bifahe ; thie dar in finstarnesse geet ni uueiz uuara her ferit. Mit 355 diu ir lioht habet, giloubet in lioht, thaz^ ir liohtes barn sit.'

13. CLXIX.

200. JThie kenphon thes graven intfiengun then

1 Matt, xxvii. 27.

H

98 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

heilant in themo thinchus, gisamanotun zi imo alia thia hansa, inti inan intuuatenti * giuuatitun inan mit 2 goto- uuebbmeru tunihun 3 inti rot lahhan umbibigabun inan. 360 Inti flehtenti corona fon thornon saztun ubar sin houbit inti rora in sma zesauun, inti giboganemo kneuue fora imo bismarotun inan sus quedenti : ' heil cuning Judeono !' Inti inan spmuenti intfiengun rorun inti sluogunsin houbit. Inti after thiu bismarotun inan, intuuatitun inan lahhanes 4 inti 365 gotouuebbes 5 inti giuuatitun inan sinen giuuatin inti leittun inan thaz sien hiengm Q tragentan imo cruci. 7 Inan intuuatenti fundun man Cireneum 8 quementan fon thorf, 9 in namen Simon hiez,,10 fater Alexandres inti Rufuses,11 then thuungun sie 12 daz, her truogi cruci after themo heilante. 370

20 1. Folgeta inan mihil menigi folkes inti uuibo, thie dar ruz.z.un inti uuiofun inan. Tho uuanta sih zi in ther heilant, quad : ' kind Hierusalem, ni emit vvuofen ubar mih, oh ubar iuuuih selbon vvuofet inti ubar iuuueru kind. Uuanta ml coment taga in thendir quedet : sallge sint 375 umberente inti uuambun thiede ni barun inti brusti thiode

ni sougitun. Thanne biginnent sie quedan bergon : fallet ubar unsih ! inti nollon : bithecket unsih ! Bithiu oba sie in gruonemo bourne thisiu tuont, ^uuaz ist in themo thurren ? ' 380

14. CLXX.

202. 13Uuarun gileittit andre zuene ubile mit imo, thaz. sie uuarin erslagan. Inti after thiu sie quamun in stat thiu dar ist giheiz.an 14 Golgotha, thaz ist erreckit hamalstat,

1 Mark xv. 17. 2 John xix. 2. 3 Matt, xxvii. 28-31. * Mark xv. 20. 5 Matt, xxvii. 37. 6 John xix. 17. 7 Matt, xxvii. 32. 8 Luke xxiii. 26. 9 Matt, xxvii. 32. 10 Mark xv. ai. u Matt, xxvii. 32. 13 Luke xxiii. 26-31. 13 Luke xxiii. 32. H Mark xv. 22.

TATIAN. 99

1 gabun imo gimirrotan uuin trinkan mit gallun gimisgitan, inti mit diu her es corota, ni uuolta trinkan. 2 Ther heilant 385 quad : ' fater, forlaz, in iz,, sie ni uuizzun uuaz sie duont/

203. 3 After thiu sie inan erhiengun, 4 intfiengun sin giuuati inti tatun nor deil, einero giuuellhemo kempfen teil, inti tunichun. Uuas thiu tfmiha unginait fon obanen- tigi ubar al giuueban. Tho quadun untar in zuisgen : 390 ' ni sli^enmes sia, oh liozemes fon iru, uues siu si/ Thaz. giscrlb uuerde gifullit quedenti : teiltun min giuuati in inti ubar mm giuuati santtun loz. Inti thie kempfon tatun thisu. 5 Inti sizenti hieltun inan.

204. 6Inti screib titul Pilatus 7 smeru sahhu inti 395 8 sazta obar sin houbit : thiz ist 9 ther heilant Nazarenisgo, ucning Judeono. Thesan titul manage lasun thero Judeono, uuanta nah thero burgi uuas thiu stat thar der heilant erhangan uuas, inti uuas giscriban in ebraisgon inti in criehisgon inti in latmisgon. Quadun tho Pilatuse 400 thie bisgofFa Judono : ' ni curi scriban : Judono cuning.' Tho antlingita Pilatus : ' tha^ ih screib thaz screib ih.'

205. IOTho uuarun erhangan mit imo zuene thioba, ein in zeso inti ander in sina uuinistra. ll Thie furivaren- ton bismarotun inan, ruortun iro houbit inti quedenti : 405 'uuah, thie dar ziuuirpfit tempal inti in thrin tagon iz. abur gizimbrot : heili thih selbon ; oba thu gotes sun sis, stig nidar fon themo cruce.' Sama thie heroston thero bisgofo bismaronti mit then buoherin inti mit then alton quadun : ' andre teta her heilae, sih selbon ni mac heil tuon 1410

1 Matt, xxvii. 34. 2 Luke xxiii. 34. 3 Matt, xxvii. 35. * John xix. 23, 24. 8 Matt, xxvii. 36. 6 John xix. 19. 7 Mark xv. 26. 8 John xix. 19; Matt, xxvii. 37. 9 John xix. 19-22. 10 Matt, xxvii. 38; Mark *v. 27. n Matt, xxvii. 39-41.

H 2

100 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

ob iz Israhelo cuning si, er stlge nidar fon themo cruce, Mnti gisehemes inti giloubemes imo. 2 Her gitruuuet in got, bithiu erlosit her inan nu, ob her inan uuili ; her quad : uuantih gotes sun bin. Thaz selba 3 ein fon then thie dar 415 hangetun thero thiobo bismarota inan quedenti : ' ob thu sis Crist, tuo dih selbon heilan inti unsih.' Tho antlingita ther ander, increbota inan sus quedenti: 'noh thu ni forhtis got, thaz thu in them selblin nidarungu bist ? inti uuir giuuesso rehto, uuir uuirdigiu tatin intfahemes ; 420 theser uuarliho niouuiht ubiles teta.' Inti quad zi themo heilante : c trohtin, gihugi mm mit diu thu cumist in thin rihhi.' Tho quad imo ther heilant : ' uuar quiduh thir, hiutu bistu mit mir in paradiso/

206. 4 Stuontun nah themo cruce thes heilantes sm 425 muoter inti suester sinera muoter, Maria Cleopases, inti Maria Magdalenisgu. Mit diu gisah ther heilant thia muoter inti iungiron stantentan thende her minnota, quad sineru muoter : ' uulb, senu thin sun ! ' After thiu quad slnen iungiron 5 : ' senu thin muoter ! ' inti fon theru ziti 430 intfieng sia ther iungiro in sina.6

207. 7 Fon theru sehstun ziti finstarnessu uuarun ubar alia erda zunzan niuntun zlt. Inti umbi thia niuntun zit riof ther heilant mihileru stemmu sus quedenti : ' Hell Heli lama sabacthani ! ' thaz^ ist erreckit : got min, got 435 min, ziu forliezi thu mih ? Sume uuarllho thar stantente inti gihorente quadun : { Heliase ruofit theser/

208. 8 After thiu uuesta ther heilant thaz thiu allu iu gientotu uuarun, thaz thuruhfremit uurdi thaz^ giscrib,

1 Mark xv. 32. 2 Matt, xxvii. 43, 44. s Luke xxiii. 39-43. * John xix. 25-27. 5 Deinde dicit discipulo : 6 accepit earn discipulus in sua. 7 Matt, xxvii. 45-47. 8 John xix. 28, 29.

TAT1AN. 101

quad : ' ih thurstu.' Faz, uuas thar gisezzit fol ez^iches, 440

1 inti sliumo liof ein fon in, intfagana spunga fulta sia ezzjches inti sazta anan rora inti gab imo trinkan.

2 Thode intfieng ther heilant then ez.zih, quad : ' gientot ist/ s Thie andre quadun : ' laz nu, gisehemes, oba come Helias losenti inan/ Ther heilant abur ruofenti mihileru 445 stemmu * : * fater in thmo henti biviluhu ih mman geist ! '

5 inti nidar gihelditemo houbite 6 santa then geist.

209. Senu tho lahan thes tempales zislizz,an uuas in zuei teil fon obanentic zunzan nidar. Inti erda giruorit uuas, inti steina gislizane uuarun, inti grebir uurdun 450 giofanotu. Inti manage lihamon heilagero, thie dar sliefun, erstuontun. Inti uzgangenti fon grebiron after iro urresti quamun in thia heilagun burc inti erougtun sih managen.

210. Ther hunteri inti thie mit imo uuarun bihaltenti 455 then heilant, gisehenemo erdgiruornessi inti then dar uuarun, forhtun in thrato, 7 got diurisonti inti quedenti :

' theser man rehtliho ist uuarliho gotes sun.' 8 Inti al iro menigi thie dar saman uuarun zi thesemo uuabarsiune inti gisahun thiu dar uuarun, slahenti iro brusti uuidar- 460 uurbun fer ; 9 inti managu uuib, 10 thiu dar mit imo saman ufstigun fon Galileu zi Hierusalem, n untar then uuas Maria Magdalenisgu inti Maria Jacobes 12 thes minneren . inti Josebes muoter inti Salome, 13muoter kindo Zebe- theen, mit diu her uuas in Galileu, folgetun imo 14 thisu 465 gisehenti.

1 Matt, xxvii. 48. 2 John xix. 30. 3 Matt, xxvii. 49. 4 Luke xxiii. 46. 5 John xix. 30. 6 Matt, xxvii. 50-54. 7 Luke xxiii. 47 ; Mark xv. 39. 8 Luke xxiii. 48. 9 Matt, xxvii. 55. 10 Mark xv. 41 . 11 Matt, xxvii. 56. 12 Mark xv. 41. l3 Matt, xxvii. 56. " Luke xxiii. 49.

102 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

211. 1Judei uuarllcho, uuantag friietag uuas, thag ni bilibm in themo cruce thie lihamon in sambaztag (uuas giuuesso mihil ther sambaztag), batun Pilatum, tha^ sie brachin iro gibeiniu, inti uurdin thana ginomane. Quamun 470 thie kempfon inti thes eristen giuuesso brahun gibeinu, in thes andres thie dar mit imo erhangan uuas. Tho sie zi themo heilante quamun, sose inan gisahun iii totan, ni brachun smu gibeinu. Oh ein thero kemphono mit speru sina slta giofanota, inti sliumo uzgieng bluot inti uuaz^ar. 475 Tha^ giscrib uuari gifullit2: bein ni brehet ir fon imo. Abur ander giscrib quidit : gisahun in thende sie anastahun.

15. ST. MATTHEW. a. Matt. xii. 31-50, xiii. i.

62, 8-12. Bithiu quidu ih iu: ' iogiuuellh sunta inti bismarunga uuirdit furla^zan mannun, thes geistes bis- marunga ni uuirdit furla^an. Inti so uuer so quidit uuort 480 uuidar then mannes sun, uuirdit imo furla^an ; thie thar quidit uuidar themo heilagen geiste, ni uuirdit imo furlaz.an noh in therro uuerolti noh in thero zuouuartun. Odo tuot guotan bourn inti sinan uuahsmon guotan, odo tuot ubilan bourn inti sinan uuahsmon ubilan, giuuesso 485 fon themo uuahsmen thie bourn uuirdit furstantan. Barn natrono, vvuo mugut ir guotu sprehhan, mit thiu ir ubile birut ? Fon ginuhtsami thes herzen sprihhit thie mund. Guot man fon guotemo tresouue bringit guotu inti ubil man fon ubilemo tresouue bringit ubilu. Ih quidu iu, thag 490 iogiuuellh uuort unnuzzi, thaz man sprehhenti sint, geltent reda fon themo in tuomes tage. Fon thinen uuorton uuir- distu girehfestigot inti fon thinen uuorton uuirdistu for-

nidarit.'

1 John xix. 31-37. 3 ut scriptura impleatur.

T ATI AN. 103

57. Tho antlingitun imo sume fon then buohharin inti 495 Phariseis quedante : ' meistar, uuir uuollen fon thir zeichan gisehan.' Tho antlinginti quad in : ' ubil cunni inti furlegan suphhit zeihhan, inti zeihhan ni uuirdit imo gigeban, nibi zeihhan Jonases thes uui^agen. Soso uuas Jonas in thes uuales uuambu thri taga inti thriio naht, so 500 ist mannes sun in herzen erdu thri taga inti thriio naht. Thie Nineviscun man arstantent in tuome mit thesemo cunne inti furniderent iz,, uuanta sie riuua tatun in predi- gungu Jonases, senu hier ist mera thanne Jonas ! Sundirinu cuningin arstentit in tuome mit thesemo cunne 505 inti furnidirit iz, uuanta siu quam fon ente erdu zi horrenne spahida Salamones, senu hier mera thanne Salamon ! Ih quidu iu, uuanta manage quamun fon ente erdun horen spahida Salamones, inti bithiu hier ist mera Salamone. Thanne thie unsubiro geist uz^get fon themo 510 manne, gengit thuruh thurro steti, suohhit rest! inti ni findit. Thanne quidit : ih uuirbu in mm hus thanan ih u^gieng, inti quementi findit zuomlgaz, mit besemen gifurbit inti gigaruuit. Thanne ferit inti nimit sibun geista andere mit imo uuirsiron thanne her si, inti in- 515 gangente artont thar, inti sint thanne thie iungistun thes mannes uuirsirun then erirun. So ist thesemo cunne themo uuirsisten.'

59. Imo noh thanne sprehhentemo zi then menigin, senu sin muoter inti sine bruoder stuontun uze, suohtun 520 inan zi gisprehhanne. Tho quad imo sum : ' senu thin muoter inti thine bruoder stantent uze suohhente thih.' Her tho antlinginti imo sus quedantemo quad : ' uuie ist min muoter inti uuie sint mine bruoder ? ' Thenita sina hant in sine iungiron inti quad: 'senu mm muoter inti 525

104 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

mine bruoder ! So uuer so tuot uuillon mines fater ther in himile ist, ther ist mm bruoder inti suester inti muoter.' 70, 2. Inti uzgangenti fon themo huse saz, nah themo seuue.

b. Matt. xiii. 41-53.

76, 5. Sentit thie mannes sun sine engila, inti arlesent 530 fon smemo rihhe allu asulh inti thie thar tuont unreht inti sentent sie in ovan fiures, thar ist vvuoft inti stridunga zeno. Thanne rehte skinent samaso sunna in rihhe iro fater. Thie thar habe orun thie hore.

77, Gilih ist rihhi himilo treseuue giborganemo in 535 accare, thaz, thie i^ findit man gibirgit inti bi gifehen sines gengit inti furcoufit ellu thiu her habet inti coufit accar then. Abur gilih ist rihhi himilo manne suohhentemo guota merigrioza. Fundanemo thanne einemo diuremo merigrioze gieng inti furcoufta ellu thiu her habeta inti 540 coufta then. Abur gilih ist rihhi himilo seginu giuuor- phaneru in seo inti fon allemo cunne fisgo gisamanontero. Thiu mit diu gifullit uuas uznemente inti bi stedu sizente arlasun thie guoton in faz, thie ubilon uzvvurphun. So uuirdit in fullidu uuerolti ; u^gangent engila inti arskeident 545 ubile fon mittemen rehtero inti sentent sie in ovan fiures, thar uuirdit vvuoft inti clafunga zenio. ' Furstuontut ir thisu elliu ? ' Quadun sie imo : ' ia.' Quad her in :

' bithiu giuuellh buohhari gilerter in rihhe himilo gilih ist manne fatere hluuiskes thie thar frambringit fon smemo 550 treseuue nivvu inti altiu/

78, i. Uuard tho, tho gifulta ther heilant theso ratissa, fuor thana.

T ATI AN. 105

c. Matt. xxii. 1-3.

124, 7. Tho antlinginti ther heilant quad in abur in ratissun : 555

125. Gilih ist gitan himilo rihhi manne cuninge thie teta brutloufti smemo sune inti v giholota manage. Zi thero ziti thero goumu santa sine scalca zi halonne thie giladotun zi thero brutloufti, inti sie ni uuoltun quemen. — Abur santa her andere scalca sus quedanti : ' quedet then 560 giladotun : seno mm tagamuos garuuita ih, mine ferri inti paston sint arslaganu inti allu garuuu : quemet zi thero brutloufti/ Sie tho furgoumolosotun iz inti fuorun ander in sin thorph, ander zi smemo coufe. Thie andere gifiengun sine scalca inti mit harmu giuueigite arsluogun. 565 Thie cuning tho, mit thiu her thaz, gihorta, arbalg sih inti gisanten sinen herin furlos thie manslagon inti iro burg bibranta. Tho quad her sinen scalcun : ' thio brutloufti sint garuuo, ouh thie thar giladote uuarun ni uuarun uuirdige. Faret zi uzgange uuego, 2 in straza inti in 570 thorph inti in burgi, inti so uuellhe ir findet, 2 thurftlge inti uuanaheile inti blinte inti halze, giladot zi thero brutloufti/ — Giengun tho uz, sine scalca in uuega inti samanotun alle thie sie fundun, ubile inti guote, inti gifulto uuarun thio brutlofti sizentero. Gieng tho in ther 575 cuning, thaz her gisahi thie sizentun, inti gisah thar man ungiuuatitan brutlouftlihhemo giuuate. Inti quad imo:

' friunt, vvuo giengi thu hera in ni habenti giuuati brutlouftllh ? ' Tho- quad ther cuning then ambahton: 'gibuntanen sinen fuozin inti hentin sentet in in thiu 580 uzorostun finstarnessu, thar ist vvuoft inti stridunga zeno. Manage sint giladote, fohe gicorane/

1 Luke xiv. 16, 17. 2 Luke xiv. 21.

106 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

d. Matt, xxiii. 16-24.

141, 14. Uue iu, blinte leitida, thiede quedet : so uuer so suerit bi themo temple [ther] nist niouuiht; therde suerit in gold temples, seal. Dumbe inti blinte, uuedar 585 ist mera, thaz gold oda templum thag dar heilagot gold ? Inti so uuer so suerit in alttere, niouuiht ist ; so uuer so suerit in them gebu, thaz dar ubar thaz^ ist, seal. Blinte, uuedar ist mera, thiu geba odo ther altteri therde giheila- got thia geba ? Thiede suerit in themo alttere ther suerit 590 in themo inti in alien thiu thar ubar imo sint ; inti thie dar suerit in themo temple suerit in imo inti in themo thie dar artot in imo ; therde suerit in himile ther suerit in gotes sedale inti in themo therde sizit obar thaz. Uue iu scriberin inti Pharisei lichezera, ir de dezemot minzun 595 inti dilli inti cumin l inti rutun inti iogiuueluho uurci, inti forliezut thiu dar hevigerun sint euua, duom inti miltida inti treuuua 1 inti gotes minna. Thisiu gilampf zi tuonne inti thiu ni zi forlaz^anne. Leitidon blintero, sihenti mucgun, olbentun suelgenti. 600

e. Matt, xxiii. 28-35.

141, 23. So iruzzana giuuesso erouget iuuuih mannon rehte, innana birut ir folle lichezennes inti unrehtes. — Uue iu scriberin inti Pharisein, lichezera, bithiu uuanta ir zimbrot grebir uuizzagono inti garauuet grebir rehtero inti quedet: oba uuir uuarin in tagon unsero fatero, ni 605 uuarimes iro ginozza in bluote thero .uuizzagono. Ir birut urcundon selbon, bithiu ir iro kind birut thie dar uulzagon sluogun ; inti ir gifullet mez^ iuuuero fatero. Berd natrono, vvuo fliohet ir fon duome helliuuT^zes ? 1 Luke xi. 49.

TATIAN. 107

1 Bithiu quad thiu gotcunda spahida : ih sentu zi in uuiz- 610 zagon inti boton inti spahe inti scribera, fon then slahet ir inti hahet inti fon then fillet ir in iuuueren samanungon inti ahtet fon burgi zi burgi, thaz, queme ubar iuuuih iogiuuellh bluot rehtaz, thaz ergo^zan uuard ubar erda, fon bluote thes rehten Abel io unzan bluot Zachariases thes 615 Barachiases sunes, then ir sluogut untar themo temple inti themo altere.

f. Matt. xxiv. 29-35.

145, 19. Sliumo after arbeiti thero tago sunna uuirdit bifinstrit, inti mano ni gibit sin lioht, inti sterron fallent fon himile, inti megin himilo sint giruorit ; inti thanne 620 erougit sih zeichan thes mannes sunes in himile, inti thanne vvuofit sih allu erdcunnu ; inti gisehent mannes sun comentan in himiles uuolkanon mit managemo megine inti mihilnesse. Thanne sentit sine engila mit trumbun inti mihileru stemmu, inti gisamanont sine gicoranon fon 625 fior uuinton, fon hohi himilo io unz iro enti.

146, i. Fon bourne figuno lernet gilihnessi. Mit diu iu sin zuelga muruuui uuirdit inti bletir giboraniu — , uuiz^It thaz iu nah ist sumar. So ir, mit diu ir gisehet thisu alliu uuesan, uuizzit thaz her nah ist in duron. 630 Uuar quidih iu, bithiu uuanta ni vorferit thiz cunni er thanne alliu thisu uuerdent. Himil inti erda farent, mlnu uuort ni vorfarent.

g. Matt, xxviii. 16-20.

241. Einlif iungoron giengun in Galileam in then berg thar in ther heilant gimarcota, inti gisehenti inan betotun 635 inan, sume giuuesso zuuehotun.

6 Luke xi. 49.

108 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

242. Inti sprah in zuo quedenti : gigeban 1st al giuualt mir in himile inti in erdu. * Get in alia uueralt, praedigot evangelium allera giscefti inti leret alle thiota, toufenti sie in namen fater inti sunes inti thes heilagen geistes, leret 640 sie zi bihaltanne alliu so uuelichiu si ih iu gibot. Inti senu ih bin mit iu alien tagon unzan enti uueralti.

16. Matt. vi. 9-13.

34, 6. Fater unser, thu thar bist in himile, si giheilagot thin namo, queme thin rlhhi, si thin uuillo, so her in himile ist, so si her in erdu, unsar br5t tagalihhaz gib uns hiutu, 645 inti furlaz, uns unsara sculdi, so uuir furla^emes unsaren sculdigon, inti ni gileitest unsih in costunga, uzpuh arlosi unsih fon ubile.

II.

PSALMS.

From the fragments of a translation of the Psalms, in the Alemanic dialect of the ninth century. The manuscript, now consisting of three leaves only, was first published by Schmeller in Steichele's Beitragen zur Geschichte des Bisthums Augsburg, and then later also in the Germania, II, 98-105.

1. Ps. cxvi.

Ih minnota, pidiu kehorta truhtin stimma des kebetes mines. 2. Danta kineicta ora sina^ mir, inti in tagon mlnen kinemmu dih. 3. Umbiseliton mih seher des todes, zaala dera hella funtun mih. 4. Arabeit inti seher fand, inti namon truhtines kinamta. 5. Uuolago truhtin, 5 erlosi sela mina. kenadiger truhtin inti renter, inti got unser kenadit. 6. Kehaltanti luzcila truhtin : kedemmzter pirn inti arlosta mih. 7. Uuerbi, sela mina, in rest! dlna,

J Markxvi. 15.

PSALMS. 109

danta truhtin uuolateta dir, 8. Danta erlosta sela mma fona tode, ougun miniu fona zaharim, fuozze mine fona 10

slippe.

2. Ps. cxxiv.

Uz^an daz, truhtin uuas in tins, quede nu Israhel: uz.z,an daz, truhtin uuas in uns, 2. denne arisant in unsih, odouulla lebente farslintant unsih ; denne arbolgan ist heizmuotl iro in unsih, 3. odouulla uuazer pisaufta unsih. 15 4. Leuuinnun durahfuor sela unseriu : odouulla durahfuor sela unseriu uuazzer unfardraganlih. 5. Kiuulhter truhtin der ni kap unsih in kefangida cenim iro. 6. Sela unseriu soso sparo kecriftiu ist fona seide uueidenontero : seid farmulitaz, ist, inti uuer erlosta pirumes. 7. Zuo- 20 helpha unseriu in namin truhtines, der teta himil inti herda.

3. Ps. cxxx.

Fona tiuffem hereta ce dih, truhtin. 2. Truhtin, kehori stimma mma. sin orun dmiu anauuartentiu in stimma des kebetes mines. 3. Ubi unreht /zlialtis, truhtin, uuer &?stat imt 4. Danta mittih kenadtf ist, duruh 25 uuiz.z.ud tinan fardolata dih, truhtin ; fardolata sela miniu in uuorte slnemo, 5. uuanta sela. miniu in truhtine. 6. Fona /z'haltidu morganllhero unzin ce naht uuane Israhel in truhtine. 7. Danta mit truhtlnan kinada inti kinuhtsamz'fc mit inan erlosida. 8. Inti her erlosit 30 Israhelan fona alien unrehte^ sinen.

III. ST. EMMEBAMER GEBET,

written in the Bavarian dialect of the ninth century. Trohtin, dir uuirdu ih pigihtik allero minero suntono end missatateo, alles deih eo missasprah edo missateta

110 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

aedo missadahta, uuorto, enti uuercho enti kadanccho, des ih kyhukkiu aedo ni kihukku, des ih uuizzanto kiteta aedo unuuizzanto, notac aedo unnotac, slaffanto aedo uuahento : 5 meinsuuarteo enti lukino, kyridono enti unrehtero fizus- heito, huorono so uue so ih so kiteta, enti unrehtero firinlusteo in muose enti in tranche enti in unrehtemo slaffe ; daz du mir, trohtin, kanist enti kanada farkip enti daz, ih fora dinen augon unscamanti si, enti daz, ih in 10 derru uueroltti minero suntono riuun enti harmscara hapan mozi. soliho so dmo miltida sin, alles uualtenteo trohtm, kot almahtigo, kauuerdo mir helfan enti kauuerdo mir farkepan kanist enti kanada in dmemo rihe.

Kot almahtigo, kauuerdo mir helfan enti kauuiz.zida 15 mir ia furistentida ia gaotan uuillun saman mit rehtpn galaupon mir fargepan za dinemo dionoste. trohtm, du in desa uueralt quami suntlge za ganerienne, kauuerdo mih cahaltan enti kanerien. Christ, cotes sun, uuiho trohtin, soso du uuelles enti dmo Canada sin, tuo pi mih 20 suntigun enti unuuirdigun scalh dlnan, uuiho truhtm, kanadlgo got, kauuerdo mir helfan suntikemo enti farta- nemo dinemo scalhe uuanentemo dinero kanadono. enstigo enti milteo trohtin, du eino uueist uueo mino durfti sint : in dmo kanada enti in dino miltida, uuiho 25 truhtin, pifilhu mm herza ia minan cadanc ia mlnan uuillun ia mlnan mot ia minan lip ia mmiu uuort ia miniu uuerh. leisti, uuiho truhtin, dino kanada in mir suntigin enti unuuirdigin scalhe dinemo ; kauuerdo mih canerien fona allemo upile. 30

OTFRID, III

IV. OTFKID.

There is hardly a poet in the Old or Middle High German literature who at the same time is so well known, and yet so unknown as Otfrid. Almost all biographical works from Trithemius up to modern times, the annals of the Benedictine Order, the histories of many monasteries, the Chronicles of Elsasz, etc., — all mention the celebrated * monachus Wizanburgensis,' and tell us much about his knowledge and talents, but we learn from all these sources scarcely more than we are able to gather from his own work.

So much is, however, certain, that he was a pupil of the renowned Fulda abbot Rhabanus Maurus : ' A Rhabano Mauro,' says he in his letter to Archbishop Liutbert of Mainz, ' educata parum mea parvitas est.' It is also quite certain from his letter to the two St. Gallen monks, Hartmuat and Werinbert, that at a later period he lived in the monastery at Weissenburg in Elsasz, where he also wrote, about 870 A. D., his Evangelienbuch or Evangelienharmonie, containing the vita et passio Christi in the Rhenish Franconian dialect, and dedicated the work to the Emperor Ludwig.

The exact dates of the poet's birth and death are unknown. It has been shown with great probability that Otfrid's native place was some- where in the Speiergau on the Middle Rhine. And with this assumption also agrees the fact that Otfrid always speaks of himself as being a Frank, and designates his language as Franconian.

The whole work is divided into five books. Otfrid might himself have felt that it might seem strange why his poem was divided into five books since there were only four Gospels ; and he therefore expresses the reason of this division in the following words : — ' Hos in quinque ideo distinxi,' says he, 'quia eorum quadrata aequalitas sancta nostrorum quinque sensuum inaequalitatem ornat, et superflua in nobis quaeque non solum actuum, verum etiam cogitationum vertunt in elevationem caelestium.' From this it follows that Otfrid's poem is by no means to be regarded as a mere translation of the four Gospels, and that Otfrid sought to furnish anything but a translation. It was rather his intention to give an account of the life and teaching of Christ, based partly on the Gospels, but partly also on other sources, the most important of which were : —

1 1 2 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

(1) Rhabanus Maurus : ' Expositio in Matthaeum,' for the Gospel of St. Matthew.

(2) Beda : ' Expositio in Lucam,' for the Gospel of St. Luke.

(3) Alcuin : ' Commentaria super Johannem,' for the Gospel of St. John. ' De divinis officiis,' for the first chapter of Book V. ' De fide sanctae et individuae trinitatis,' for the twenty-third chapter of Book V.

(4) The works of Pope Gregory and St. Augustine.

A very handy edition of the poem is by O. Erdmann, Halle, 1882. In the following extracts Otfrid's stress accents have been retained, but for practical reasons I have thought it advisable to mark the long vowels of stem syllables.

LIBER EVANGELIORUM PRIMUS. 4. I. Cur scriptor hunc librum theotisce dictaverit.

Vuas liuto filii in flize, in managemo agalei^e,

sie thaz^ in scrip gicleiptin, thaz, sie iro namon breit-

tin; Sie th^s in io gilicho flizzun guallicho,

in buachon man gime'inti thio iro chuanheiti. Tharana datun sie ouh thaz diiam : 6ugdun iro uuis-

duam, 5

6ugdun iro cldini in thes tfhtonnes reini. Iz, ist al thuruh not so kMino gir^dinot,

iz diinka*! eigun funtan, zisamane gibiintan, Sie ouh in thfu gisagetin, thaz then thio buah nir-

smahetin,

ioh uu61 er sih firuu^sti, then Msan i^ giliisti. io Zi thiu mag man ouh ginoto managero thioto

hiar namon nu gizellen ioh siintar gindnnen. Sar Krfachi ioh Romani iz machont so gizami,

i^ machont sie al girustit, so thfh es uuola liistit; Sie machont i^ so rdhta^ ioh so filu slelitaz, 15

i^ ist gifiiagit al in &n selp so helphantes b6in*

OTFRID. 113

Thie dati man giscribe theist mannes lust zi libe;

nim g6uma thera dihtta, thaz, hiirsgit thina drahta. 1st iz, prosun slihti, thaz,. dre'nkit thih in rihti;

odo metres kle'ini, theist g6uma filu re'ini. 20

Sie diient iz, filu siiazj, ioh me'zent sie thie ftiazi,

thie l^ngi ioh thie kurti, theiz gilustllchaz, vuiirti. Eigun sie iz bithe'nkit. tbaz sillaba in ni uue'nkit,

sies alles uuio ni ruachent, ni so thie fuazi suachent. Ioh allo thio ziti so zaltun sie bi noti; 25

iz mf^it ana baga al io sulih uuaga. Yrfurbent sie i^ r^ino ioh harto filu kl^ino,

selb so man thuruh not sma^ korn reinot. Ouh selbun buah frono irr^inont sie so scono :

thar lisist scona gilust ana theheiniga akust. 30

Nu es filu manno inthihit, in sina zungun sciibit,

ioh ilit, er gigahe, thaz sina^ io gihohe : Uuanana sculun Francon £non thaz biuuankon,

ni sie in fre'nkisgon biginnen, sie gotes lob singen? Ni'st si so gisungan, mit regulu bithiiungan, 35

si habet thoh thia rihti in sconeru slihtti. Ili du zi note, theiz, scono thoh gilute,

ioh gotes uui^od thanne tharana scono h^lle ; Thaz tharana singe, iz scono man ginenne ; . in themo firstantnisse uuir gihaltan sin giuufsse. 40 Thaz. laz, thir uuesan siiazi: so mezent iz thie fiiazj:

zit ioh thiu r^gula so ist gotes selbes br^diga. Vuil thu thes uuola drahton, thu m^tar uuolles ahton,

in thma zungun uuirken diiam, ioh sconu u^rs

uuolles diian : — II io g6tes uuillen allo ziti irfiillen : 45

so scribent gotes thegana in fre'nkisgon thie regula.

114 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

In g6tes gibotes siiazi laz, gangan thine fiiazi,

ni laz^ thir zit thes ingan : theist sconi fe*rs sar

gidan. Dihto io thaz^ zi noti theso sehs zlti,

thaz, thu thih so giriistes, in theru sibuntun girdstes. 50 Thaz, Kristes uuort uns sagetun, ioh druta sine uns

zelitun,

bifora lazu ih i^ al, so fh bi re'htemen seal ; Uuanta sie iz, gisiingunv harto in edilzungun,

mit g6te iz allaz riatun, in uueVkon ouh giziartun. Theist suazi ioh ouh niizzi, inti lerit unsih uuizzi, 55

himilis gimacha : bi thiu ist thaz ander racha. Ziu sculun Frankon, so ih quad, zi thiu einen uuesan

ungimah,

thie Ifutes uuiht ni dualtun, thie uuir hiar 6ba

zaltun ? Sie sint so sama chuani se*lb so thie Romani,

ni tharf man tha^ ouh redinon, thaz Kriachi in thes

giuufdaron. 60 Sie eigun in zi niizzi so samalicho uuizzi,

(in fdlde ioh in uualde so sint sie sama balde), Rihiduam ginuagi, ioh sint ouh fflu kuani,

zi uuafane snelle so sint thie thegana alle. Sie biient mit gizfugon, ioh uuarun io thes giuu6n, 65

in guatemo lante : bi thiu sint sie unscante. 1^ ist filu fei^it, harto ist iz giuue'izjt

mit managfalten ehtin: nist i^ bi unsen frehtin. Zi nuzze grdbit man ouh thar er inti kuphar,

ioh bi thfa meina isine steina; 70

Ouh tharazua fiiagi sflabar ginuagi,

ioh Idsent thar in lante g61d in iro sante.

OTFRID. 115

Sie sint fastmuate zi managemo guate,

zi mdnageru niizzi : thaz diient in iro uufzzi. Sie sint fflu redie sih ffanton zirrettinne ; 75

ni gidurrun sies biginnan: sie elgun se ubaruunnan. Lfut sih in nintfiiarit, thaz. iro lant rurarit,

ni sie bi iro guati in thionon io zi noti : loh mennisgon alle, ther se iz, ni untarfalle

(ih uueiz,, iz, g6t uuorahta), al eigun se iro forahta. 80 Nist Ifut thaz. es biginne, thaz uuidar in ringe :

in e"igun sie iz. firme'init, mit uuafanon gizdinit. Sie lertun sie i^ mit suueYton, nalas mit then uu6rton,

mit spe'ron filu uuasso: bi thiu forahten sie se n6h so. Ni si thiot, thaz thes gidrahte, in thiu i^ mit in fehte, 85

thoh M^di iz, sm ioh P^rsi, nub in es thi uuirsi. Las ih iu in alauuar in einen biiachon, ih uuei^ uuar,

sie in sibbu ioh in ahtu sin Alexandres slahtu, Ther uuorolti so githreuuita, mit suertu sia al gistr^-

uuita

lintar smen hanton mit filu herten banton. 90

Ioh fand in theru redinu, tha^ fon Maced6niu

ther liut in gibiirti gisc^idiner uuurti. Nist untar in thaz thulte, thaz kuning iro uualte,

in uu6rolti nih^ine, ni si thie si zugun h^ime; Odo in erdringe ander thes biginne 95

in thihe'inigemo thiete, tha^ ubar sie gibfete. Thes eigun sie io nuzzi in snelli ioh in uuizzi :

ni intratent sie nihdinan unz se inan eigun h^ilan. Er ist gizal ubaral io so ^dilthegan skal,

uuiser inti kuani : thero &gun sie io ginuagi. 100 Uu^ltit er githiuto managero liuto,

ioh ziuhit er se re"ine selb so sine heime.

I 2

II 6 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

Ni sfnt thie fmo ouh derien, in thiu nan Frankon

uuerien,

thie sne*lli sine irbiten, tha^ sfe nan umbiriten. Uuanta alla^ thag sies the'nkent, sie iz al mit g6te

uuirkent, 105

ni diient sies uufht in ndti ana sin girati. Sie sint gotes uuorto fli^g filu harto,

thaz sie tha^ gilernen, thaz in thia biiah zellen ; Thag sie thes biginnen, iz uzana gisfngen,

ioh sie iz ouh irfullen mit mfhilemo uufllen. no

Gidan ist. es nu r^dina, tha^ sie sint giiate thegana,

ouh g6te thiononti alle ioh uuisduames folle. Nu uuill ih scriban unser h^il, euangeliono deil,

so uuir nu hiar bigunnun, in.fr^nkisga zungun, Tha^ sfe ni uuesen e'ino thes selben adeilo, 115

ni man in fro gizungi Kristes lob sungi', Ioh er ouh fro uuorto gilobot uuerde harto,

ther sie zfmo holeta, zi giloubon sinen ladota. Ist ther in iro lante iz alles uuio nintstante,

in ander gizungi firndman i^ ni kunni : 120

Hiar hor er fo zi guate, uuaz g6t imo gibfete,

tha^ uufr imo hiar gisungun in fr^nkisga zungun Nu fr^uuen sih es alle so uuer so uu61a uuolle,

ioh so uudr si hold in muate Frankono thfote, Thaz^ uuir Krfste sungun in linsera zungun, 125

'ioh uuir ouh thaz gil^betun, in fr^nkisgon nan

16botun.

XVII. De stella et adventu magorum.

Nist man nihein in uu6rolti, thaz saman al irsageti, uuio manag vuiintar vuurti zi theru druhtines gibiirti.

OTFRID. 117

Bi thfu thaz. ih irdualta, thar forna ni gizalta,

seal ih iz mit uui'llen nu siimaz, hiar irze'llen. 130 Tho driihtin Krist gib6ran uuard (ihes mera ih sageh

nu ni thdrf),

thaz blidi uu<5rolt uuurti them saligun giburti, Thaz. ouh gidan uuurti, si in euuon ni firvuurti

(iz uuas iru anan he'nti, tho d£t es druhtin e*nti): Tho quamun ostana in thaz lant thie irkantun sunnun

fart, 135

stdrrono girusti: tha^ uuarun iro Ifsti. Sie ^iscotun thes kfndes sario th^s sinthes,

ioh kiindtun ouh tho mari, thaz er ther k lining uuari; Uuarun fragenti, uuar er gib6ran uuurti,

ioh batun io zi noti, man in i^ z^igoti. 140

Sie zaltun s^ltsani ioh zeichan filu uuahi,

uuiintar filu h^bigaz (uuanta er ni horta man tha^, Thaz io fon magadburti man giboran vuurti)

inti ouh zeichan sin sconaz, in hfmile so scmazj Sagetun tha2f sie gahun steVron einan sahun, 145

ioh datun filu mari, thaz er sin uuari : ' Uuir sahun slnan steVron, thoh uuir thera biirgi irron,

ioh quamun, thaz uuir be'totin, ginada smo thfgitin. Ostar -filu f^rro so sceln uns ouh ther st^rro ;

1st faman hiar in lante es fauuiht thoh firstante,? 150 Gistirri zaltun uuir io, ni sahun uuir nan er io :

bithiu birun uuir nu gie'inot, er niuuan kuning zeinot.

So scribun uns in lante man in uuorolti alte ;

thaz ir uns ouh giz£llet, uuio iz fuuo buah singent/ So thfsu uuort tho gahun then kuning ana quamun, 155

hmtarquam er harto thero s^lbero uuorto,

Ii8 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

loh manniliches houbit uuard es thar gidruabit :

gihortun ungerno thaz uuir nu niazen ge*rno. Thie biiachara ouh thp thare gisamanota er sare,

sie uuas er fragenti, uuar Krfst giboran uurti ; 160 Er sprah zen euuarton selben thesen uu6rton.

gab armer ioh ther richo antuurti gilicho, Thia burg nantun se sar, in f^sti^ datun alauuar

mit uu6rton then er thie altun forasagon zaltun. So er giuufsso thar bifand, »uuar druhtin Krist gib6ran

uuard, 165

thaht er sar in f^sti mihilo linkusti. Zi imo er ouh tho ladota thie uuisun man theih sageta,

mit in gistuant er thingon ioh filu halingon. Thia zit ^iscota er fon m, so ther st^rro giuuon uuas

qu^man zi in,

bat sie iz ouh biruahtin, bi thaz selba kind irsiiahtin. 170 ' Gidiiet mih/ quad er, ' anauuart bi thes st^rren fart,

so faret, eiscot thare bi thaz kind sare. Sin e*iscot iolicho ioh filu giuuarallcho,

sliumo duet ouh thanne iz mir zi uuf^zanne. Ih uuillu faran bdton nan (so rfet mir filu manag

man), 1 75

thag ih tharzua githinge, ioh imo ouh g£ba bringe.' Loug thdr uuenego man : er uuankota thar filu fram ;

er uu61ta nan irthuesben ioh uns thia fruma irlesgen. Thaz imbot sie gihortun ioh iro ferti iltun ;

yrsc^in in sar tho feVro ther se*ltsano sterro. 180

Sie blidtun sih es gahun, sar sie nan gisahun,

ioh filu frauualicho sin uuartetun gilicho. er sie tho scono thar uuas thaz kind frono,

mit smeru ferti uuas er iz z^igonti.

OTFRID. lip

Thaz. hus sie tho gisahun ioh'sar thara fn quamun, 185

thar uuas ther sun guater mit sineru muater. Ffalun sie tho framhald (thes guates uuarun sie bald),

thaz, kind sie thar tho be'totun ioh hiildi smo thfgitun. Indatun sie tho thare thaz, iro dre'so sare,

rehtes sie githahtun, thaz. sie imo ge*ba brahtun: 190 M/Trun inti uuirouh ioh gold scmanta^ ouh,

gdba filu mara: sie suahtun sine uuara.

(Book IV.) XV. Consolatur discipulos de morte eius. £)rost er sie tho uu6rto sines tothes harto,

er i^ zi thfu uurti : es uuarun in tho thurfti. ' Ni sfuz/ quad er, * smdrza, ni rfaz,e 6uh iuer hdrza, 195

in got giloubet ioh in mih, giuuisso theist gilumplih. Mines fater hus ist br^it, uuard uuola then thara fngeit, ther sih trie's muaz fr6iiuon ioh innana biscduuon. Thar ist in dlauuari managfalt gilari

(hiigget therero uu6rto) ioh selida mdnagfalto. 200 Uuariz allesuuar in uuar, sliumo sageti ih iu iz sar,

uudrgin tha^ gizami, so ih fuih i^ ni hali, Ih faru garauuen iu sar fronisgo iu stat thar,

ir, thds ni missedruet, mit mir thar iamer biiet, Tha^, thar mm ge'ginuuerti ist, si iamer iuer nahuuist, 205 tha^ ir uuf^it mlna fart, thero uu^go ouh uueset

anauuart.'

Zi imo sprah tho Th6mas, er ein thero e'inlifo uuas : 4 thes uue'ges ni birun uuir anauuart, ouh ni uuf^un

thina fart; Girfhti unsih es dlles, uuara thu faran uuolles.'

uuara zdlt er imo sar ioh sprdh ouh zi imo

sus in uuar : aio

120 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

f fh bin uueg re'htes ioh alles re'dihaftes,

bin ouh lib inti uuar : bi thiu ni gfrrot ir thar. Nist man nihein, thaz, ist uuar, ther que"me zi themo

fater sar,

thes iaman inan gibeite, fh inan ni l&te. (3b ir mih irknuatit, ir selbon thaz, instuantit 215

ana langlicha frist, uufolih ouh mm fater 1st.' Quad tho Philippus iro ein (thiz selba uuas imo untar

• zudin :

giloubt er unredina, ther fater uuari fiirira) : ' Then fater, druhtin ! e'inon, then laz, unsih biscouuon

(thin uu6rt sin 6fto givuiiag), so ist uns alles ginuag.' 220 Nam tho druhtin thanana thia selbun unredina;

uuant er in abuh i^ instuant, kert er mo allesuuio

thaz, muat. 1 So managfalto ziti ih mit fu" bin hiar in uuorolti,

mit muatu ir mir ni nahet, ioh mih n6h nirknahet. So uu^r so tha^ iruu^lle, then fater sehan uuolle, 225

thanne, tha^ ni hfluh thih, giuuaro sc6uu er anan rmh. Thar sfhit er thag ^dili ioh sines selbes bilidi ;

giuuisso s^h er anan mih: mm fater ist so samalih.' Er zalt in 6uh tho thar m^ist, uuio ther h&lego geist

thie uuizzi in scolta meron mit sines selbes leron, 230 Nihdinemo ni briisti, ni er alia friima uuesti,

allaz, uuar inti giiat, so s^lben gotes g^ist duat. Zalta in ouh in uuara uuoroltliuto fara,

arabeiti manago, thio in tho uuarun garauuo. Lert er sie mit uuorton, uuie tha^ firdragan scoltun, 235

quad, after the'ru thulti zi mammunte in iz, vuiirti. ' Ir ni thurfut/ quacf, ' bi thiu : fridu la^u ih mit fu,

mammunti ginuaga^, drof ni suorget bi tha^ !

OTFRID. 121

Ni laz,u ih iuih uueison: ih iuer auur uuison,

gidrostu ih iuih scforo mit fre'uuidu alazforo. 240 Ir birut, tha^ nist uuuntar, frfunta mine suntar,

druta mine in alauuar, zi thiu so kos ih iuih sar. Theist gib6t mmaz, zi fu : ir iuih minnot untar fu,

ioh fagilih thes thenke, thero mmnono ni uue'nke.' In tho druhtin zelita, uuant er se selbo uu^lita, 245

manota sie thes nahtes managfaltes r^htes. Er habet in thar gizaltan drost managfaltan

fon sin selbes guati, so sliumo s5 er irstuanti. Quad, after th^ra fristi in nfamer sin ni brusti,

ioh sie famer, sar tha^ uuiirti, uuarin mit givuurti. 250 So er se lerta tho in thera naht, so thu thir thar

tesan maht,

gizoh se thar tho follon selbo in sman uufllon. Uf zi himile er tho sah ioh s^lben gotes 16b sprah;

bifalah tho thie thegana in sines fater segana, Thaz, ^r mo sie gihfalti, unz er fon dothe irstuanti, 255

e> sie thanne santi, in thfonost sma^ uuanti.

XX. Duxerunt eum ad Caipham ubi erat et Pilatus.

Tho teittun nan thie liuti thar uuas thaz, heroti :

ther biscof Kaiphas uuas thar ioh ther he'rizoho in

uuar. Giang er selbo ingegin u^ thar zi themo palinzhus:

sie ni muasun gan so fram zi themo he'idinen man, 260 Tha^ sie in then gizitin biuu611ane ni uuurtin,

mit reinidu gis^motin, thie ostoron gif«6hotin. Sie uufht thoh thes nintrfatun, sie manslahta rfatun,

ni sfe thes giuuuagin, sie Kristan irsluagin.

1 22 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

Sprah ther he*rizoho zi in, so er u^gigiang ingegin in : 265

' uuelih riiagstab so fram zdllet ir in thesan man ? ' Thes argen uuillen heVti gab imo antuuurti :

' ob e*r,' quad, ' uu61athahti, zi thi'su er iz, ni brahti. Ni flier er in then Ifutin mit gr6z,en me'indatin,

uuir ouh thes ni thahtin, thaz. uuir nan thir

bran tin.' 270 Uu6rton tho giniiagen big6ndun sie nan niegen,

thfngon filu he'bigen ioh sunton filu managen. Quadun, sih bihiazj, er gotes sun hia^i,

i6h ouh dati mari, er iro kilning uuari, Zdlle ouh in giuufssi, tha^ er selbo Krist si, 275

in thia beldida gigange, then namon imo felge. Quadun, er ni uuolti, tha^ man zins gulti,

thie Ifuti furdir mera in thes k^iseres era, Ioh er thie Ifuti alle spuani zi giuu^rre,

zi gro^emo urhei^e, in thai man nan firla^e: 280 ' Er es er io niruuant, er er alla^ thiz lant

gidruabta harto in uuaru mit sines selbes leru; Nist thes gisce'id noh giuuant, uuio er gfrrit tha^ lant,

uuio er i^ alla^ uufrrit ioh thesa uu6rolt merrit. Bigan er siisliches zi ^nte thesses riches, 285

mit thiu er thaz. lant al ubargfang, unz man hfar

nan nu gifiang.'

1 Ne*met inan,' quad er, ' zi fu ziu brahtut ir nan mir

bi thiu?

ird^ilet imo thare, so uuizzod fuer lere. Ffndet ir thar alle, uuio er tha^ r^hta uuolle,

thaz. gifrummet alla^ fr, i^ ist iu kiind, nales mir.' 290 , quadun sie, in ni d6hti, ouh uudsan tha^ ni m6hti)

uuanta in thio buah luagin, tha^ sie man sluagin.

OTFRID. 123

Ther Hut mit thfu bizeintar thaz, druhtin e*r gimeinta,

iha^ er sin lib scolta e*nton in heithinero hanton. Thoh sagen ih in uuar min, sie uuarun manslagon sm : 295 zi tothe sie nan briingun mir uuassidu iro ziingun.

XXI. Allocutio Pilati ad Christum in praetorio.

Giang Pilatus uuidari mit imo tho in then solari,

sprah mit imo lango : er suorgeta there thingo. Zi erist frageta er bi thaz., thaz, er es harto sinsa^ ;

' gidua mih,' quad, ' nu sario uuis, oba thu iro

kuning sis ? 300 Bistu zi thiu giuuihit, so thih ther Ifut zihit,

in themo uuillen giangis, tha^ richi so biffangis ? ' Tho quad druhtin : ' sage mir, sprichis sullh thu fon dir,'

odo andere i^ thir sagetun ioh thir fon mir i^ zelitun ? ' Pilatus uuolta sliumo sar fon imo ne'man tho then

unan, 305

tha^ er thes ni uuanti, er i^ fon imo irthahti. ' Thie'liuti uufz^un,' quad, ' fon fn, tha^ ih ludaeo ni bfn;

thines selbes lantthiot gab thih mir in thesan not. Ther Ifut, ther thih mir irgab, zalta in thih then

ruagstab,

thie selbun zaltun alle mir thesa beldi fona thir. 310 Ob auur thaz so uuar ist, tha^ thu iro kuning nu ni bist,

bi hiu ist tha/j sie thih namun. sus haftan mir irgabun?' 1 Thir z&lu ih,' quad er, ' thanana : rihi mm nist hinana,

i^ nist, soso ih thir rachon, fon thesen uu6roltsachon. 6b i% uuari hinana, giflizjn mine thdgana 315

mit iro kiianheiti, mm fiant sus ni uuialti Iph in the*rera noti mih sus ni hantoloti;

mit the'ganheiti sitotin, tha^ sie mih in irretitin.

124 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

Ih duan es auur redina, nfst mm rich! hfnana,

thaz, fh mih nu biuueVie mit mines selbes he'rie.' 320 Tho sprah Pilatus auur thaz,, uuanta imo uuas iz, he'igaz,,

frageta auur noti bi smaz, heroti. t So uuar so si thin richi ioh thin guallichi,

thoh bistu zi alauuaru kiining, so ih gihoru?' 1 Thu- quis/ quad er, ' theih kiining bin : zi thiu quam

ih hera in uuorolt in 325

ioh uuard giboran ouh zi thiu, theih suslih thulti

untar fu, Theih urkundi sare gizalti fona uuare,

tha^ ih ouh uuarlichu thing gibr^itti in thesan

uuoroltring. So uuer so ist fona uuare, ther horit mir io sare,

horit er mit mfnnu mines selbes stfmnu.' 330

1 Sage thu mir/ quad er sar, * uuaz. thu n^nnes tha^ uuar?

gidua mih thes giuuissi, uua^ si thaz, uuarnissi.

XXII. Quomodo Pilatus voluit Christum dimittere pro Barnaba.

Giang er, so er thaz, giquad (ih uuei^, es uufrdig ni uuard,

thaz, er tha^ gihorti, uua^ druhtin thes giquati; Uuane 6uh bi thiu so gahli, thes schaheres githahti, 335

mit uue'hselu er gisftoti, er selban Krfst irre'titi), Sprah er tho zen liutin, sie \z alles uuio giriatin :

' ni ffndu ih/ quad er, ' thesan man in niheinen

sachon firdan, Ni bin ih ouh thes uuisi, oba er thes libes scolo si,

so yrsuaht ih inan thrato sines selbes dato. 340

fa ist iu in thesa zili zi giuuonaheiti,

ih uz^af themo uuiz^e iu einan haft firla^e : Nu ahtot, uuio ir uu611et, ioh uudderan ir iruuellet,

OTFRID. 125

ir Barabbasan nemet zfu, odo ir nu Krfst iruuellet fu/ Thanne uuas imo auur th£r skahari he'biger: 345

bi th^ro dato anton so lag er thar in banton. Riaf imo al inge'gini thes lantliutes mdnigi,

quad, uuar in liob ioh suaz,i man Barabban in Hazj. Th5 haft er nan, so er uu61ta, ioh er nan selbo filta

selbon druhtinan, uua^ uuan ther uuenego man ! 350 Namun nan tho thanana thes hdrizohen th^gana;

sie fliihtun in zi gamane thorna thar zisamane, Ioh saztun sie imo in h6ubit then selbon thurninan ring,

zi honidon ge'rno corona thero thorno. Sie namun in thera daii kiininglih giuuati, 355

fflu rota^ purpurin inti datun inan in. Fialun tho in iro knfo : zi hue habetun inan fo,

zi bfsmere thrato suslichero dato. ' Heil thQ/ quadun sie, ' Krfst, thu th^rero liuto kuning bist !

bist garo ouh thiu gilicho ioh harto kuningllcho.' 360 Zi honidu imo iz, datun, tha^ sie sulih quatun ;

sie thahtun io bi notin, uuio sie inan gihontin. Sie sliiagun sar then gangon thiu h&legun uuangun,

ioh hdrton in then faron so bluun sie imo thiu orun. Er thiilta, so ih hiar fora quad, bi linsih suslih

ungimah, 365

in sMgin ioh in uu6rton bi unsen suaren sunton.

XXIII. Duxit Pilatus lesum derisum ad populum.

Pilatus giang zen liutin sid tho thesen datin : uu61t er in gistfllen thes armalichen uuillen.

' Herau^,' quad, ' l^itu ih inan fu, thaz, irk^nnet in thfu, thaz, ih undato ni fmdu in imo thrato.' 370

Giang Krfst tho in themo gange mit rotemo gifange,

126 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

bithiirnter ioh bifflter ioh sus gibismeroter. Purpurin giuuali dniag er tho bi noti,

thurnina corona : gidan uuas tha^ in hona. ' Se'het/ quad er, ' nu then man, firdamnot ist er filu

fram ! 375

ir Se'het sina unera, uua^ uu611et ir es mera? Bisc61tan ist er harto ioh honllchero uuorto,

ouh sinero undato gir<eTsit filu drato. '£r ist/ quad, 'biffllit, mit thornon ouh bist^llit;

nu man imo sulih diiat, nu lazet kuelen iu thag

miiat.' 380 So sfe nan tho gisahun, so n'afun sie alle gahun :

ingegin imo inbran thaz miiat, so ofto fianton duat. Batun tho ginuagi, tha^ man inan irsluagi,

ioh riafun filu hdi^o : ' cruzo, les ! nan cruzo ! ' ' Ndmet inan,' quad er, ' zi fu inti cruzot inan untar iu : 385

ni mag ih in imo irffndan, oba er firdan si so fram.' Thero biscofo h^rti gab imo antuuurti

mit alten nides uuillen : ni mohtun sie in gistfllen : ' Er seal irsteVban thuruh not, so uuf^od unser zeinot,

ioh douuen sinen uuorton in thdrero manno hanton ; 390 Uuanta ^r gikundta hdrasun, thaz er si selbo g6tes sun,

ioh ubaral in uuari so det er sulih man. Ther uuf^od lerit thare, in cruzi man then hahe,

so uuer so in urheize sih sulihes bihei^e.' Yrf6rahta sih tho harto Pilatus thero uuorto, 395

giang mit Krfste er tho fon in in tha^ sprahhus fn. ' Gidua mih sar nu/ quad er, ' uuis, uuanana lantes

thu sis,

uudllchera giburti, tha^ thu io zi thfsu uuurti ? ' Er stuant, suigeta ioh mammonto githageta :

DAS LUDWIGSLIED. 127

sines selbes thiilti ni gab imo antuuurti. 400

' Ni uuildu sprechan/ quad er, ' zi mir ? ni uudislu,

uuaz, ih sagen thir,

thaz. st&t thaz, thinaz ^nti in mines selbes hdnti? loh bm ih ouh giuueltig ubar £llu thmu thing,

in lib ioh dod hiutu, so uuedar so ih gibfutu.' Antuurtita Undo ther keisor euuinigo tho, 405

ther kuning hirm'lisgo in uuar themo he'rizohen thar: * Ih sagen thir, thaz, ni hfluh thih : giuualt ni habetistii

ubar mfh,

6ba thir thaz, gizami fon himile ni quami. Bi thfu ist mit meren sunton ther mfh gab thir zi

hanton,

ioh ther iz, zi thiu bibrahta, thaz, hfar man mm sus

ahta/ 410

V. DAS LUDWIGSLIED.

The Ludwigsliecl, written in the Rhenish Franconian dialect, was composed to celebrate the victory of Ludwig III over the Normans at the battle of Saucourt, which was fought on the 3rd of August, 881. It was probably written by the monk Hucbald (^ 930) in the same or the early part of the following year.

Rithmus teutonicus de piae memoriae Hluduico rege filio Hluduici aeque regis.

Einan kuning uueiz, ih, Hei^sit her Hluduig,

Ther gerno gode thionot: Ih uueiz, her imos lonot.

Kind uuarth her faterlos. Thes uuarth imo sar buoz, : Holoda inan truhtin, Magaczogo uuarth her sin.

Gab her imo dugidi, Fronisc githigini, 5

Stual hier in Vrankon. So bruche her es lango !

128 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

Thaz, gideilder thanne Sar mit Karlemanne,

Bruoder smemo, Thia czala uuunniono. So thaz, uuarth al gendiot, Koron uuolda sin god,

Ob her arbeidi So iung tholon mahti. 10

Lietz her heidine man Obar seo lidan,

Thiot Vrancono Manon sundiono. Sume sar verlorane Uuurdun sum erkorane.

Haranskara tholota Ther er misselebeta. Ther ther thanne thiob uuas, Ind er thanana ginas, 15

Nam sma vaston : Sidh uuarth her guot man. Sum uuas luginari, Sum skachari,

Sum fol loses, Ind er gibuoz,ta sih thes. Kuning uuas ervirrit, Thaz, richi al girrit,

Uuas erbolgan Krist : Leidhor, thes ingald ig . 20 Thoh erbarmedes got, Uuisser alia thia not :

Hie^; her Hluduigan Tharot sar ritan. ' HluduTg, kuning mm, Hilph minan liutin !

Heigun sa Northman Harto biduuungan/ Thanne sprah HluduTg 'Herro, so duon ih, 25

Dot ni rette mir iz,, Al thaz, thu gibiudist.' Tho nam her godes urlub, Huob her gundfanon uf,

Reit her thara in Vrankon Ingagan Northmannon. Code thancodun The sin beidodun,

Quadhun al 'fro mm, So lango beidon uuir thin.' 30 Thanne sprah luto Hluduig ther guoto:

'Trostet hiu, gisellion, Mine notstallon. Hera santa mih god loh mir selbo gibod,

Ob hiu rat thuhti, Thaz. ih hier gevuhti,

Mih selbon ni sparoti, Uncih hiu gineriti. 35

Nu uuillih tha^ mir volgon Alle godes holdon.

Giskerit ist thin hieruuist So lango so uuili Krist:

DAS LUDWIGSLIED. 129

Uuili her unsa hinavarth, Thero habet her giuualt. So uuer so hier in ellian Giduot godes uuillion;

Quimit he gisund uz,, Ih gilonon imog ; 40

Billbit her thar inne, Sinemo kunnie. Tho nam er skild indi sper, Ellianllcho reit her;

Uuolder uuar errahchon Sman uuidarsahchon. Tho ni uuas i^ burolang, Fand her thia Northman.

Code lob sageda, Her sihit thes her gereda. 45

Ther kuning reit kuono, Sang lioth frano,

loh alle saman sungun 'Kyrrieleison'. Sang uuas gisungan, Uuig uuas bigunnan.

Bluot skein in uuangon : Spilodun ther Vrankon. Thar vaht thegeno gellh, Nichein soso Hluduig: 50

Snel indi kuoni, Thag uuas imo gekunni. Suman thuruhskluog her, Suman thuruhstah her.

Her skancta cehanton Sman fian/0«

Bitteres lides. So uue hin hio thes llbes ! Gilobot si thiu godes kraft : Hluduig uuarth sigihaft ; 55

loh alien heiligon thane ! Sin uuarth ther sigikamf. Uuolar abur Hluduig, Kuning uulgsallg !

So garo soser hio uuas, So uuar soses thurft uuas,

Gihalde inan truhtin Bi sman ergrehtm.

VI.

Christ and the woman of Samaria, written in the Alemanic dialect about the year 850. It is based on the fourth chapter of St. John, vv. 1-26.

Lesen uuir thaz fuori ther heilant fartmuodi.

ze untarne, uui^un tha^, er zeinen brunnon kisaz,. Quam fone Samario ein quena sario

scephan thag uuaz.z.er: thanna noh so saz, er.

K

130 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

Bat er sih ketrencan dag uuip thag ther thara quam 5

(uuirrbon slna thegana be sina Hpleita) : ' Biuuag kerost thu, guot man, dag ih thir geba trinkan ?

ia ne niegant, uuigge Christ, thie Judon unsera uuist.' 'Uuip, obe thu uuissis, uuielih gotes gift ist,

unte den ercantls mit themo do kosotis, 10

tu balls dir unnen sines kecprunnen.' 'Disiu buzza ist so tiuf, ze dero ih heimina liuf,

noh tu ne habis kiscirres, dag thu thes kiscephes:

uuar maht thu, guot man, neman quecprunnan? Ne bistu liuten kelop mer than Jacob. 15

ther gab uns thesan brunnan, tranc er nan ioh slna

man;

siniu smalendz,z,er nuz^un tha^ uuaz,z,er.' * Ther trinkit thiz uuaz^er, be demo thurstit inan mer.

der afar trinchit dag mm, then lazjt der durst sin : iz sprangot imo'n pruston in euuon mit luston/ 20 ' Herro, ih thicho ze dir, thaz, uua^^er gabist du mir,

dag ih mer ubar tac ne liufi hera durstac/ 'TJuib, tu dih anneuuert, hole hera dmen uuirt.'

siu quat sus libiti, commen ne hebiti. ' Uueig ih dag du uuar segist, dag du commen ne

hebist. 25

du hebitos er finfe dir zi volliste.

des mahttu sichure sin: nu hebist enin der nis din.' ' Herro, in thir uuigih scin, dag thu maht forasago sm.

for uns er giborana betoton hiar in berega, Unser altmaga suohton hia genada : 30

thoh ir sagant kicorana thia bita in

MUSPILLI. 131

VII.

MUSPILLI.

The Muspilli, written in the Bavarian dialect, was probably com- posed about the year 850. The author is unknown. It was first edited by Schmeller in 1832: 'Muspilli, Bruchstiick einer alliterierenden Dichtung vom Ende der Welt.'

sin tac piqueme daz, er touuan seal.

uuanta sar so sih diu sela in den sind arhevit, enti si den lihhamun likkan laz,zjt, so quimit ein heri fona himilzungalon, daz, andar fona pehhe : dar pagant siu umpi. 5

Sorgen mac diu sela, unzi diu suona arget za uuederemo herie si gihalot uuerde. uuanta ipu sia daz, Satana^ses kisindi kiuuinnit, da^ leitit sia sar dar iru leid uuirdit, in fuir enti in finstri daz, ist rehto virinlih ding. 10 upi sia avar kihalont die die dar fona himile quemant, enti si dero engilo eigan uuirdit, die pringent sz# sar uf in himilo rihi : dar ist lip ano tod lioht ano finstri, selida ano sorguw : dar nisi siuh neoman. 15

denne der man in pardJsu pu kiuuinnit, bus in himile, dar quimit imo hilfa kinuok. pidiu ist &urft mihhil allero manno uuelihemo, da^ in es sin muot kispane, *

da^ er kotes uuillun kerno tuo 20

enti hella fuir harto uuise, pehhes plna: dar piutit der Satana^ altist heiz,z,an lauc. so mac huckan za diu, sorgen drato, der sih suntlgen uueiz,.

K 2

132 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

uue demo in vinstri seal sino virina stuen, 25

prinnan in pehhe : daz, ist rehto paluuic dink,

daz, der man haret ze gote enti imo hilfa ni quimit.

uuanit sih kinada diu uuenaga sela :

ni ist in kihuctin himiliskin gote,

uuanta hiar in uuerolti after ni uuerkota. 30

So denne der mahtigo khuninc daz, mahal kipannit, dara seal queman chunno killhaz, : denne ni kitar parno nohhein den pan furisizzan, ni allero manno uuelih ze demo mahale sculi ; dar seal er vora demo rihhe az, rahhu stantan, 35

pi daz, er in uuerolti eo kiuuerkot hapeta.

Daz, hortih rahhon dia uueroltrehtuulson, da^ sculi der antichristo mit Eliase pagan. der uuarch ist kiuuafanit, denne uuirdit untar in uuihc

arhapan.

khenfun sint so kreftic, diu kosa ist so mihhil. 40

Elias stritit pi den euulgon lip, uuili den rehtkernon daz, rihhi kistarkan : pidiu seal imo helfan der himiles kiuualtit. der antichristo stet pi demo altfiante, stet pi demo Satanase, der inan varsenkan seal : 45 pidiu seal er in deru uuicsteti uunt pivallan enti in demo sinde sigalos uuerdan.

doh uuanit des vilo gotmanno

daz. Elias in demo uuige aruuartit uuerde.

so da% Eliases pluot in erda kitriufit, 50

so inprinnant die perga, poum ni kistentit

enlhc in erdu, aha artruknent,

muor varsuuilhit sih, suili^ot lougiu der himil.

mano vallit, prinnit mittilagart,

MUSPILL1. 133

sten ni kistentit. verit denne stuatago in lant, 55

verit mit diu vuiru viriho uulson :

dar ni mac denne mak andremo helfan vora demo muspille.

denne daz, preita uuasal allaz, varprennit,

enti vuir enti luft iz, allaz, arfurpit,

uuar ist denne diu marha, dar man dar eo mit sinen

magon piehc ? 60

diu marha ist farprunnan, diu sela stet pidungan, ni uueiz, mit uuiu pua^e : sar verit si za uuiz.e.

Pidiu ist demo monne so guot, denne er ze demo

mahale quimit,

daz, er rahhono uueliha rehto arteile. denne ni dar/ er sorgen, denne er ze deru suonu

quimit. 65

ni uueiz, der uuenago man, uuielihan uuartil er habet, denne er mit den miaton marrit daz, rehta, da^ der tiuval dar pi kitarnit stentit. der hapet in ruovu rahhono uueliha, daz, der man er enti sid upiles kifrumita, 70

da^ er iz, alla^ kisaget, denne er z^ deru suonu quimit. ni scolta sid manno nohhein miatun intfdhan.

So da^ ^zmilisca horn kihlutit uuirdit,

enti sih der jwanarz' ana den sind arhevit

[der dar suannan seal toten enti lepenten], 74a

denne hevit sih mit imo herio meista, 75

daz, ist allaz, so pa/d da^ imo nioman kipagan ni mak.

denne verit er ze deru mahalsteti deru dar kimarchot

ist : dar uuirdit diu suona. dia man dar io sageta.

134 OLD HIGPI GERMAN PRIMER.

denne varant engila uper dio marha,

uuechant deota, uulssant ze dinge. 80

denne seal mannogillh fona deru moltu arsten,

lossan sih ar dero leuuo vaz^on seal imo avar sin Up

piqueman.

daz, er srn reht allaz. kirahhon muoz^i, enti imo after smen tatin vxteilit uuerde. denne der gisizzit, der dar suonnan seal 85

enti arteillan seal toten enti quekkhen : denne stet dar umpi engilo menigl, guotero gomono : gart ist so v&ihhil :

quimit ze deru rihtungu so vilo dia dar ar restl

so dar manno nohhein uuiht pimidan ni mak. 90

dar seal denne hant sprehhan, houpit sagen,

z\\ero //do uuelihc unzi in den luzigun vinger,

uuaz. er untar ^-sen mannun mordes kifrumita.

dar ni ist eo so listJ<r man der dar iouuiht arliugan

megi,

da^ er Yii&rnan megi tato dehheina, 95

ni^ al fora demo khunin^? kichundit uuerde, u^^an er i^ mit alamusanu „, i\mmegi enti mit fastun dio virina kipua^tz". denne der paldet der gipuaz^it hapet, denne er ze deru suonsteti quimit* 99a

um'rdit denne furi kitragan da^ frono chr£<r/, 100

dar der ^eligo Christ ana arhangan \mard. denne augit er dio masun, dio er in deru mennisfct

an/eric, dio er durah desse mancunnes minna fardotita.

NOTES.

[The references refer to the paragraphs in the grammar.]

I. TATIAN.

11. 1-2. ordinon saga thio in uns gifulta sint rahhono is a rendering of the Latin, ordinare narrationem quae in nobis completae sunt rerum.

1. 3. was gisehan = Lat. visum est.

1. 17. siu, rehtiu, beidu, are neuter, § 186.

1. 38. kind is ace. pi.

1. 67. hoisten = hohisten.

1. 69. nist = ni ist.

1. 71. thie = ther, see § 141, note 2.

1. 73. thazj thar, thar is here merely a strengthening particle to the rel. tnaz..

1. 88. heilizinnes, gerund Gen. sg. of heilazen.

1. no. nio in altare, Lat. nequaquam, 'by no means, not so.'

1. 131. sin uns zi gebanne, an imitation of the Lat. daturum se nobis.

1. 144. ttemo. The letter 15 occurs only 8 times in Tatian, viz. "Seme (4), "Bern (2), vvurtJun (i), Ear (i).

1. 1 60. curet, imperative with neg. = Lat. nolite, and is properly the pret. subjunctive.

1. 174. thi = thie.

1. 212. Forms like ir quedent, ir uui^zjunt, ingiengunt had their n from the pres. 3rd pi.

1. 229. Instead of sagata and sagantes (1. 248), we should expect sageta, sagentes.

1. 240. hebet, see § 157, note 5.

1. 260. nintfiengun = ni intfiengun.

1. 272. ci in selbon = Lat. ad semetipsos, 'among themselves.'

136 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

1. 281. diura. Germanic d is, as a rule, shifted to t in Tatian, but in this and a few other examples it has remained unshifted.

1. 287. nalles . . . ci imo = Lat. non quia de egenis pertinebat ad eum, ' not that he cared for the poor.'

1. 308. fon thes = ex quo, ' since the time.' fon is temporal, and th.es is the adverbial genitive.

1. 309. On the inf. ending of cussan, see § 161, note.

1. 337. The reg. form is quatun, see § 63.

1. 325. For the cu- in cumit, see § 155, note.

1. 329. forliosez, = forliose iz, subj. pres.

1. 332. The h in giheret is inorganic.

1. 348. geet = get.

1. 357. zesauun is the weak Ace. fern. sg. of zeso, used as a noun.

1. 362. sien = sie in, 'they him.'

1. 368. ni curit vvuofen ubar mill = Lat. nolite flere super me, ' weep not for me.'

1. 370. thendir = then + de +ir, ' in the which ye/ where de is the weakened form of the adv. dar, so also in thiede, thiode, thende.

1. 410. uuantih = uuanta ih.

1. 436. intfagana, p.p. Ace. fern. sg. of intfahan, formed after analogy with the present. The reg. form would be intfangana.

1. 439. lag nu = Lat. sine.

1. 444. fon obanentic zunzan nidar, ' from top to bottom.'

1. 462. uuantaz, = uuanta iz.

1. 504. erdun here weak, erda is usually strong.

1. 570. sizentero is the p.p. Gen. pi. of sizzen.

1. 621. fon hohi himilo io unz iro enti = Lat. a summis coelorum usque ad terminos eorum, ' from one end of heaven to the other.'

II. PSALMS.

1. 3. The h, in seher (=^ser) has no etymological meaning. 1. 4. zaala = zala, see § 4.

1. 18. cenim is the Dat. pi. of zan, see § 101, note, and § 7 (under c). 1. 20. pirumes, in place of the more usual forms pirum, pirun. 1. 21. herda = erda.

1. 25. mittih from mit dih by assimilation, mit rarely takes the accusative.

1. 29. truhtinan, see § 76.

NOTES.

'37

III. S. EMMERAMEK GEBET.

1. 2. deih, cp. § 141, note 4.

1. 3. sedo = edo.

1. 4. kyhukkiu, with retention of the i, which, in such forms, had mostly disappeared already in the beginning of the ninth century.

1. ii. riuun is the Ace. sg. of riuwa.

1. 12. mo^i = muo^i. Old 6 remained undiphthongised the longest in the Bavarian dialect.

1. 1 6. gaotan = the common OHG. form guotan, see § 30.

1. 27. mot = muot, see above.

IV. OTFBID.

Before reading the extracts from Otfrid the beginner should refer to §§ 28, 30, 34 in the Grammar, and observe further that Germanic d and J> (th) remained unshifted initially in the Rhenish Franconian dialect. All words beginning here with d will be found in the glossary under t, and those beginning with th under d.

1. 9. then is the Ace. sg. masc. of ther, used as a demons, nir- smahetin = ni irsmahetin.

10. then, Ace. masc. sg., used as rel. pr. uuol = uuola. 17. theist = tha^ 1st, so also in 11. 20, 48, 55, 196, 243. 22. theig = thaiz ig ; so also 1. 37. 24. sies = sie is ; so also in 11. 76, 105. 52. After seal supply lagan. . 58. dualtun, pret. 3rd pi. of dwellen.

75. zirrettinne = zi irrettenne. . 77. in, Dat. pi. nintfuarit = ni intfuarit. . 78. sie refers to liut. . 80. uuorahta, forahta, see § 40. 99. After skal supply sin.

1 18. zimo = zi imo.

119. nintstante = ni instante. 121. hor = hore, subj. pres.

129. irdualta, pret. sg. of irdwellen. 133. firvuurti, pret. subj. of firwerdan. 161. zen = zi then, Dat. pi., so also in 1. 337. , 163. festisj = festi 13. in festi duan = < to make sure, certain.'

138 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

1. 167. theih = thie ih.

1. 195. siuz, = si iu 13. ni siu^ smerza, '* let it not be a pain to you.'

1. 197. then, supply ther. ingeit, pres. 3rd sg. of ingan, see § 181; note.

1. 201. uuarisj = uuari iz., ' if it were.'

1. 202. iuih = iuwh.

1. 217. untar zuein, 'doubtful.'

1. 220. givuuag (with Geri.), pret. sg_ of the strong verb *giwahan, with g from the pret. plural. Cp. the pret. sluog beside sluoh.

1. 222. mo = imo ; so also in 1. 255.

1. 224. nirknahet = ni irknaet. The h is inorganic.

1. 226. hiluh = hilu ih.

1. 238. drof (lit. ' a drop '), a strengthening negative particle.

1. 259. ingegin = ingagan.

1. 262. thie ostoron gifehotin = "iva (pdycaai TO iraaxa (J°nn xviii. 28), ' that they might eat the passover.'

1. 263. nintriatun = ni intriatun.

1. 265. uz,gigiang, pret. sg. of uz.gigangan.

1. 269. fuer er = fuari er.

1. 279. thie liuti, i. e. the Jews.

1. 281. niruuant (with Gen.)= ni iruuant, pret. sg. of irwintan.

1. 299. sinsag = si (Ace. pi.) insag.

1. 301. bistu = bist thu.

1. 325. theih, see § 141, note 4. quis contracted from quidis.

1. 340. dato, Gen. pi.

1. 345. ther is subj. ; skahari, predicate.

1. 368. gistillen with Dat. pers., Gen rei ; so also in 1. 388 with reflex. Dat.

1. 369. heraii^ = hera uz, ' out.'

1. 401. uuildu = will thu; uueistu = weist thu.

1. 402. steit, pres. 3rd sg. of stan, see note to § 181.

V. DAS LTJDWIGSLIED.

Forms containing d or th will be found in the Glossary under t or d respectively.

1. 2. imos = imo es. lonon usually takes the Dat. of the pers. and Gen. rei, but cp. 1. 40.

NOTES. 139

1. 7. gideilder = gideilda er.

1. 8. czala = zala.

1. ii. lietz = liez,, pret. sg. of laz.an.

1. 16. sidh ( = O.E. si]>), see sid in the Glossary.

1. 21. erbarmedes = erbarmeda es. uuisser = wissa (pret. sg. of wiz.z.an) er.

1. 23. minan, Dat. pi., weakened form of minen; so also in 11. 43, 53, 59. sinan from sinen.

I. 24. heigun = eigun, ' have.' The h has here no etymoligical value, sa, more frequently se, the unaccented form of the pronoun sie.

II. 25, 26. 'Then said Ludwig, ' Lord, I will do, unless death deprive me of it, all that thou biddest.'

1. 27. huob, pret. 3rd sg. of heffen, see § 157, note 4.

1. 30. al is Nom. plural, quadhun, pret. pi. of quedan (quedhan), the regular form would be quatun.

1. 34. ob hiu rat thuhti, ' if it should seem advisable to you.' The form hiu occurs also in 11. 32, 34, 35. It is properly the Dative form. The h has no etymological value. In such cases the h. occurs only in MSS- which were copied by ignorant scribes. 35. uncih = unz ih.

39. in ellian, ' according to (his) strength.'

40. imoz. = imo iz., cp. 1. 2.

43. uuolder = wolda er. On sinan see 1. 23. 45. gereda, pret. sg. of geren (with Gen.), her sihit thes her gereda, ' he sees what he wished for.'

1. 46. frano, indecl. adj. (properly the Gen. pi. of fro = Goth, frauja, 'Master, Lord, God'), 'divine, holy.'

1. 47. kyrrieleison, 'Lord have mercy upon us'; from itvpios and

€\CCU>.

1. 50. ' There fought none of the warriors like Ludwig fought.'

1. 53. cehanton, * into the hands.' sinan, see 11. 23, 43.

1. 54. hin, Dat. pi. of her. On hio = io, cp. notes to 11. 24, 34. So uue hin hio thes libes! = N.H.G. "Wehe immer ihnen des Lebens !

1. 57. uuolar, interj. 'hail, well done!'

1. 58. soser = soso er ; soses = soso es.

140 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

VI. CHRIST AND THE WOMAN OF SAMABIA.

1. 2. ze untarne, 'at midday.' OE. undern, 'the time before midday, especially about 9 a. m., or from 9 to 12. zeinen = ze einen.

1. 12. buzza, from Lat. puteus, 'well.'

1. 13. babis, after the analogy of the strong verbs, or weak verbs of the first conjugation. Cp. also such forms as hebis, hebit, segis, segit, for habes habet, sages saget, see §, 169, note 2.

1. 24. commen = coin-man, gom-man.

1. 27. enin = einan. nis = ni is.

VII. MUSPILLI.

Muspilli, OS. mudspelli, nautspelli, O. Icel. muspelli. The second part of the word is probably related to the verb, OS. spildan, OE. spildan, O. Icel. spilla, ' to destroy.'

1. i. The beginning is lost. One may supply something like : = ' Let each man think that/ touuan. On the ending -an in weak verbs see § 161, note.

32. chunno, Gen. pi. depen. on killhaz,. 37. hortih = horta ih.

39. arhapan, the pp. of arheffen, see § 157, and note 4 to it. . 46. uunt = wunt, ' wounded.'

52. enlhc = einig. So also in 1. 55. sten = stein. . 60. piehc, pret. 3rd sg. of pagan, bagan. . 61. pidungan, the pp. of pidwingan bidwingan. . 94. megi, pres subj. of magan. 1. 96. niq = ni iz..

GLOSSARY.

ABB RE VIA TIONS.

sm., sf., sn.= strong masculine, etc. wm., wf., wn. = weak masculine, etc. sv. = strong verb. wv. = weak verb.

Verbs compounded with the prefix gi- have mostly the same meaning as the simple verb : thus gilegen = legen.

A.

aba, prep. c. dat. of, from, apart from ; av. away.

aband-muos, sn. supper.

abuh, aj. wrong, bad ; in abuh, av. wrongly, falsely.

abur, see afar.

adeilo, see ateilo.

afar (avar, abur, avur, afur), av. and conj. again, whereas, but, yet, furthermore.

after, prep. c. dat. after, according to ; with instr. in after thiu ac- cordingly ; <zz/.behind,after,back.

agalei^i, sf. zeal, diligence, ear- nestness.

aha (Goth, ahwa), sf. water.

ahta, sf. opinion, reflection.

ahten, wv. I, persecute.

ahton, wv. II, observe, consider.

ahtodo (ahtudo), num. eighth.

accar, sm. field, acre.

a-kust, sf. badness, fault.

al, aj. (in/I, aller), all, every, each, whole; av. gen.sMes, otherwise, else.

alamuosan, almuosan (from Gr.- Lat. eleemosyne), sn. alms.

ala-war (ala-wari), aj. all true; in alwar, verily.

ala-zioro, av. very beautifully.

alles (elles), av. otherwise, else.

alles-war, av. elsewhere.

alles-wio, av. otherwise.

al-mahtig, ala-mahtig, aj. al- mighty.

alt, aj. old ; mit then alton, with the elders.

alt-mag, sm. pi. ancestors, fore- fathers.

altari (alteri, altteri), fr. Lat. altare, sm. altar.

alt-fiant, sm. old enemy, devil.

alt-tuom, sm. old age.

al-walt, aj. all powerful (as trans- lation of Augustus).

ambaht (Goth, andbahts), sm. servant.

ambaht, sn. ministration, office.

ambahten (Goth, andbahtjan), wv. I, serve.

ana, av. on, up.

ana, anan, prep.c. dat., acc.y instr., on, in, upon.

ana-fallan, sv. VII, fall upon.

ana-gin, anakin (gen. -ginnes), sn. beginning.

ana-stehhan, sv. IV, pierce.

ana-wart, aj. mindful of, attentive to.

audar, ander, num. aj. second,

142

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

other; andar — andar, the one

— the other, anfenc, pret. yd sg. of ant-

fahan.

anne-wert, av. away. annuzi (Tat. nom. sg. annuci),

sn. face, ano, prep. c. ace. without, except ;

conj. except, only (after negative

sentences), anst, sf. favour, anti, ande ; enti, endi ; indi,

inti, inte, int ; unti, unte,

unta, cj. and.

anti-christo, wm. anti-Christ, ant-lingon, wv. II, answer. anto, turn, zeal, anger. ant-reita, sf. order; after an,-

treitu (ex ordine), in order, ant-fahan, sv. VII, receive, ant-wurten (Goth, andwaiord-

jan), TJUV. I, answer, ant-wurti, sn. answer. ar, prep., see ur. araugta, see ar-ougen. arbeit, arabeit, sf. work, toil,

trouble.

arbeiton, wv. II, labour, work, ar-belgan, sv. Ill, become angry. ar-faran, sv. VI, go away, fetch,

reach, ar-firren, arfirran, wv. I, remove,

withdraw, take away, ar-furpan, see ir-furban. arg, arc, aj. wicked, godless, ar-gangan, ar-gan, ar-gen, sv.

VII, go out, pass away, ar-geban, .rz\V,hand over, give up. ar-giozan, sv. II, pour forth, shed, ar-hahan, sv. VII, hang up, sus- pend, crucify. ar-heffen (-heffan, -hefan, -hevan,

see § 157, 4, 5), svNl, raise up,

lift up.

ar-lesen, sv. V, gather, collect, ar-lesgen, ar-lesken, wv. I,

destroy.

ar-liogan, ar-liugan, sv. II, de- vise, fabricate, get by lying.

ar-16sen, wv. I, deliver, free.

arm, sm. arm.

arm, aj. poor, miserable.

arma-lih, aj. unhappy, wretched.

arn (Goth, asans), sf. harvest.

arnon, wv. II, reap, harvest.

ar-ougen, wv. I, show, manifest ; refl. appear.

ar-ougnessi, sf. a showing, ex- hibiting.

ar-recken(^>v/. -rehliita, -rahta), wv. I, stretch out, explain, in- terpret.

ar-rihten, wv. I, erect, raise up.

ar-ruofan, sv. VII, call out, cry out.

ar-skeidan, sv. VII, separate.

ar-slahan, irslahan, sv. VI, kill, slay.

ar-stantan (-stan, -sten), sv. VI, rise up, arise.

ar-sterban, sv. Ill, die.

ar-teilen, irteilen, wv. I, judge, condemn.

a-teilo, adeilo, wm. non-partaker.

arton, wv. II, dwell.

ar-truknen, wv. Ill, dry up.

ar-wecken, wv. I, awake, wake up, resuscitate.

ar-werphan, sv. Ill, cast out, throw out.

a-swih, smn. stumbling block.

az, i^, prep. c. dat. at, in.

a^-stantan, sv. IV, stand by, at.

B.

baga, paga, sf. quarrel, fight;

ana baga, without contradiction,

trustworthily. bagan, pagan, sv. VII, quarrel,

fight.

bald, paid, aj. bold, quick, balden, palden, wv. Ill, get

courage, be of good cheer.

GLOSS A R Y.

balwig, palwic, aj. destructive, pernicious.

ban, pan, sm. command, procla- mation.

bannan, pannan, sv. VII, sum- mon, fix the day of judgment.

bant (//. bant, bentir), sn. bond.

barn, parn, sn. child.

be, prep., see bi.

beide, bede, mint. both.

beidon, see beiton.

bein, pein, sn. bone, leg.

beiten, ^w. I, c. gen. rei, force, compel.

beiton, beidon, wv. II, wait; with gen. wait for, expect.

beldida, sf. boldness, audacious- ness.

beraht-nessl, sf. brightness.

be'ran, sv. IV, bear, give birth.

berd, sn. offspring.

berg, perg (pi. berga, berega), sm. mountain.

bergan, sv. Ill, hide, conceal.

gi-bergan = bergan.

besemo, turn, besom.

beteri, sm. one who prays, wor- shipper.

beton, wv. II, pray, worship ; dat. of§er. zi bettonne or betonne.

be^isto, superl. to guot.

bi, bi, be, prep. c. dat., ace., instr. near, from, on account of, within.

bi-bot, sn. command, precept.

bi-brennen, wv. I, burn up.

bi-bringan, bring to an end.

bidiu, bithiu, see ther.

bi-thecken, wv. I, cover.

bi-thenken, wv. I, be uneasy about, look after, reflect.

bi-thurnen, wv. I, crown with thorns.

bi-thwingan, sv. Ill, oppress, force.

bi-fahan, sv. VII, seize, encom- pass, get possession of.

bifalah, pret. yd sg. of bi-felhan. bi-fallan, pifallan, sv. VII, fall. bi-felhan, pifelhan, -felahan, sv.

Ill, hide, bury, yield, entrust. bi-fillen, wv. I, scourge, strike. bi-findan, sv. Ill, find. bi-finstren, wv. I, make dark. bi-gehan, sv. V, confess, own. bi-ginnan, sv. Ill, 'begin ; (also

weak pret. bigonda). bi-gihtlg, pigihtic, aj. confessing.

bi-gihtig werdan, c. dat. pers.

gen. rei, confess a thing to some

one.

bi-graban, sv. VI, bury. bi-grlfan, sv. I, comprehend. bi-haltan, sv. VII, guard. bi-hei^^an, -heizan, sv. VII, re/I.

promise, vow, presume. bihiaizi, pret. stibj. yd sg. of bi-

bihiu = bi-hiu (see wer), why,

wherefore, from what cause. biiahin, pret. subj. yd pi. of bi-

gehan.

bi-liban, sv. I, remain. bilidi, sn. form, figure, example. bi-linnan, sv. Ill, cease. bim, bin, am. bi-mldan, pimldan, sv. I, avoid,

shun.

biogan, sv. II, bend. biotan, beotan, peotan, sv. II,

offer, show. bi-queman, piqueman, sv. IV,

arrive, draw near, come. bi-ruohhen, biruachen, wv. I,

aim at a thing, provide. birut, see § 178. bis, see § 178. biscatuit, see bi- scat wen. bi-scatwen, wv. I, overshadow. bi-skeltan, sv. Ill, affront, insult. bi-skinan, sv. I, shine around,

upon. biscof, sm. (nom. pi. bisgofa\

chief priest, bishop.

144

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

biscof-heit, sm. priesthood, office

of priest. bi-scouwon, wv. II, look at,

view. bismaron, bismeron, wv. II,

mock, deride, spot at. bismarunga, sf. blasphemy. bismer, sn. scorn, derision, mock, bi-snidan, sv. I, circumcise. bi-souffen, pisauffen, wv. I,

drown.

bi-stellen, wv. I, adorn, bita, sf. prayer, bitan, pitan, bidan, sv. I, wait,

expect ; with gen. wait for. bittan (Goth, bidjan), sv. V,

c. gen. or dat. rei, ask, request,

demand.

bittar, bitter, aj. bitter. biviluhu,/ra-. istsg. of bi-felhan. bi-wankon, wv. II, avoid, bi-waz., wherefore. bi-wellan, sv. Ill, roll about,

stain, defile.

bi-werien, wv. I, defend, protect. bi-wintan, sv. Ill, wrap up. bi-zeinen, wv. I, mark. blat, sn. (pi. bletir), leaf, bllden (Goth. blei>jan), wv. I,

rejoice, be joyful. blidi, aj. kind, friendly, blithe. blidida, sf. gladness, joyfulness. blint, aj. blind. bliwan, bliuwan, sv. II, strike,

beat.

bluot, pluot, sm. blood. bluun,/r^. yd pi. of bliwan. boto, wm. messenger. bouhnen, wv. I, dat. pers. ace. rei,

intimate, signify, make a sign. bourn, poum, sm. tree, brediga, see prediga. breit, aj. broad, large, breiten, wv. I, extend, spread out. brehhan, brechan, sv. IV, break. brennen (Goth, brannjan), wv.

I, bum.

brieven (fr. Lat. breviare), wv. I, register, record, count.

bringan (pret. brahta, see § 154, note 2), swv. bring.

brinnan, prinnan, sv. Ill, burn.

brot, sn. bread.

bruchen, bruhhen (Goth, bruk- jan), wv. I, enjoy, use.

brunno, wm. well.

bruoder, sm. brother.

brust, sf. breast.

brut-louft, brut-loft, smf. mar- riage.

briit-louft-lih, aj. bridal, nuptial.

bu, pu (gen. buwes), sm. abode, dwelling.

buan, buen (pret. buta), wv. I, dwell.

buoh, buah, smnf. book.

buohhari, buachari, buoclieri, sm. scribe.

buoz, sf. remedy, redress.

buo^iza, pua^sza,buo^a, puaza, sf. pennance, abasement, punish- ment.

buoz.en, buoz^en (Goth, botjan), wv. make good, atone for ; ace. p_ers. gen. rei, get free.

burg, sf. city.

buro-lang, aj. very long.

gi-burt, sf. birth.

buzza, see phuzza, sf. well.

C.

Words beginning with c, fol- lowed by a, o, u, or words begin- ning with eh, will be found under k. Words beginning with c, fol- lowed by e, i, will be found under z. See § 7-

D. TH.

d, initially in Otfrid will be found

under t. da, see thar. thagen, githagen, wv. Ill, be

silent.

GLOSSAR Y.

145

thanan, danan, thanana,danana, av. and cj. whence, thence, from that place, away from, hence, therefore, wherefore ; thanan tho, thereupon, afterwards, then.

thane, thank, danc, sm. thought, remembrance, thanks.

gi-thank, gidanc, gadanch, sm. thought.

thankon, wv. II, thank.

thanne, danne, thanna, danna, av. and cj. then, when, whenever, therefore, because ; after the compar. than.

thanta, danta, cj. because.

thar, dar, da, av. there, where ; generally weakened to ther, der, de, when used as a relative par- ticle ; tharana, thereupon, thereon.

thara, dara, av. and cj. thither, whither ; tharazua, thereto.

tharot, av. thither.

thaz, daz, cj. that.

de, the, see § 141, and notes : de = thie.

thegan, degan, sm. boy, servant, warrior.

thegan-heit,-*/. manliness, bra very.

deil, see teil ; deilen, see teilen.

theh-ein, dehein, dehhein, aj.~ pr. any, anyone ; in neg. sen- tences, no one, no, none.

theh-eimg = theh-ein.

demuaten, see thio-muoten.

thende = then + de, weakened form of thar ; thendir = then -f dir, weakened form of thar.

thenken, denchan, denchen, wv. I (pret. thahta), think, de- liberate.

thennen, thenen, denen (Goth, panjan), wv. I, stretch out.

deomuati, see thio-muoti.

deota, see thiota.

ther (Tat. thie, the, ther), der ; neut. thaz,, daz, ; fern, thiu,

diu, art., pr. dem. and rel. ; instr. thiu, diu, in combination with prepositions; bithiu,bidiu, therefore, because, since ; bithiu wanta = wanta ; in thiu, there- in, thereto, in case that ; mit thiu, since, as, because.

these, theser, dese, deser, pr. demon, this.

dezemon (Lat. decimare), wv. II, give the tenth part.

thia, see § 141, note.

thiede = thie + de, weakened form of thar.

thiet, see thiot.

thiggen, thicken, wv. I, beg, implore, beseech.

thihan, dihan, sv. I, advance, effect.

thicken, see thiggen.

dilli, see tilli.

thin, din (\>ITI\ poss. pr. thy.

thing, ding, dink, sn. thing, reason, charge, accusation.

thing-hus, thinchus, sn. prae- torium, official hall, synagogue.

thingon, wv. II, discuss, bargain.

thinkil, sm. grain, wheat. .

thinsan, dinsan, sv. Ill, draw.

thio (see § 141) ; thiode = thio + de, weakened form of thar.

thiob, diob, sm. thief.

thio-muoti,deomuati, aj. humble.

thio-muoten, demuaten, wv. I, humble.

thionon, dionon, wv. II, serve.

thionost, dionost, smn. service, compliance.

thiorna, diorna, wf. virgin, maiden.

thiot (thiet), snm. folk, people.

thiota, diota, theota, deota, swf. people, nation.

thiu, diu (gen. thiuwi), sf. maid, maid-servant.

diuri, see tiuri ; diurison, see tiurison.

i46

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

diuren, see tiuren.

do (p. 130, 1. 10) = thu, du.

tho, do, av. and cj, then, therefore,

but, whilst ; thode = tho + de,

weakened form of thar. thoh, dob., av. and cj. yet, also,

however, although. doht, see toht. tholon, wv. II, tholen, wv. Ill,

suffer, endure. thonar, sm, thunder. thorf, tliorph, sn. village, harnlet. thorn, dorn, sm. thorn. dot, see tod. dowen, see touwen. thrato, drato, av. quickly, very,

greatly, very much, threwen, wv. I, threaten. thrl, dri, num. three. thritto, dritto, num. third. thriu-hunt, num. three hundred. thult, thulti, sf. patience. thuingan = thwingan. thulten, dulten, wv, I, suffer,

endure. duom, see tuom : duommen, see

tuommen. duon, see tuon. thunken, wv. (pret. thuhta),

seem, appear. dura, see tura. thurah, see thuruh. thurfan, &ax£sa\,pret,-pres. need. thurft, durft, sf. need. thurftig, durftig, aj. poor, needy. thurnin, aj. thorny. thurri, durri, aj. dry, withered, thurst, durst, sm. thirst. thurstag, aj. thirsty. thursten, dursten, wv. I, thirst,

be thirsty; imper. c. ace. of

person, thuruh, thurah, duruh, durah,

prep. c. ace. through, by, on

account of, because of; thurah

thaz, therefore. thuruh- thigan, aj. part, perfect.

durah-faran, sv. VI, go through, thuruh -frenaen, wv. I, fulfil,

finish, complete, thuruh-stehhan, sv. IV, pierce

through, thuruh-slahan, sv. VI, beat one

soundly.

thuruh- wonen, wv. Ill, remain, thusunt, dusunt, num. thousand, dwellen, see twellen. thwesban, ir-thwesben, wv. I,

extinguish, destroy, thwingan (thuingan), sv. Ill,

compel, force.

E.

eban-bruchen, wv. I, have inter- course with, have dealings with.

eddo, edo, sedo, cj. or.

edil, edili, sn. noble race.

edil, edili, aj. noble.

edil-zunga, wf. noble language.

edil-thegan, sm. man of noble birth, warrior.

evangelic (Lat. evangelium), wm. gospel.

eht, sf. possession, thing.

eid-burt, sf. oath.

eigan (heigan), pret.-pres. have, possess.

eigan, part. aj. own ; sn. property, possession.

ein, num. and^r. one ; weak decl. alone.

einig, enig, einic, aj.-pr. any, anyone.

ein-lif, num. eleven.

einon, wv. II, unite; wir birun gieinot, we agree.

eiscon, wv. II, investigate, de- mand, ask.

eckrodo, av. only.

ellen, ellian, sn. courage, bravery, strength.

ellian-licho, av. courageously.

endi, enti, cj. see anti.

endion, wv. (see enton), II, end.

GLOSSARY.

ener, pr.-aj. (ille), that, yon.

engi, enge, aj. narrow.

engil, sm. angel.

eno, particle interrogative, num-

quid, nonne. enstig, aj. gracious. enti = anti, cj. and. enti, sn. end. enton, endon, endion, wv. II,

end.

eo, see io.

er, her, pers. pr. he. er (Goth, aiz), sn. ore, brass. er, av. ere, before, formerly ; cj.

before, until ; prep. c. dat. be- fore.

era, sf. renown, honour, erbarmen, see ir-barmen. erbolgan, pp. of ar-belgan. erda (herda), sf.' earth. erd-cunni, sn. tribes of the earth, erd-gi-ruornessi, sn. earthquake, erd-ring, sm. orbit of the earth. eren, wv. Ill, honour, ervirrit, see ar-firren. erf uoron, /;-£/. 3-//. of ar-faran. ergrehti = ere-grehti, sf. mercy,

grace.

erhaban, //. of ar-heffen. erh.ah.an = ar-hahan. erhangan, pp. of ar-h.ab.an. eriro (Goth, airiza), comp. aj.

former, eristo, aj. superl. first ; zi eristo,

at first, for the first time, erist-boran, part. aj. firstborn, ercantls, subj. pret. 2. sing, of

ir-kennen. er-kiosan, sv. II, try, choose,

select.

er-16sida, sf. redemption, erlosen = ar-16sen. erougen, see ar-ougen. erreckit, pp. of ar-recken. er-rahhon, wv. II, tell, relate, er-sluogin, pret. subj. 3. //. of

ar-slahan.

ersterben = ar-sterban. erwacta, pret. 3. sing, of ar-

wecken.

erwerphan = ar-werphan. ewa (Goth, aiws), sf. eternity,

law.

e-wart, sm. e-warto, wm. priest, ewida, sf. eternity ; zi ewidu,

everlastingly, for ever, ewig, aj. eternal, everlasting, ewm, aj. eternal, ewinig, aj. eternal, ewit (Goth, awefi), sn. flock of

sheep.

ez.z,an, ezan, sv. V, eat. ez^ih, sm. vinegar.

F; V.

fagar, aj. beautiful.

fahan, sv. VII, catch, seize, take.

fahs, sm. hair of the head.

fallan, sv. VII, fall.

far (nom. pi. ferri), sm. ox.

fara, fari, sf. snare, danger,

temptation.

faran, varan, sv. VI, go. far-brennen, varprennen, wv. I,

burn up.

far-brinnan, sv. Ill, burn up. far-dolen, fartholen, wv. Ill,

suffer, bear, endure, far-geban, sv. V, give, forgive, farkip, imper. 2. sing, of far- geban.

far-couffen, -coufen, wv. I, sell, far-mullen, wv. I, break, pound, varprennen, see far-brennen. var-senken, -senkan, wv. I, sink,

destroy.

far-slintan, sv. Ill, swallow up. var-swelhan, sv. Ill, swallow

up, gulp up, suck up. fart, vart, sf. course, journey. fartan,/a;Y. aj. condemned, guilty,

lost. fart-muodi, aj. weary, tired by a

journey.

L 2

I48

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

fasta, sf. fast, fasting.

fast-muoti, fastmuati, aj. con- stant, firm.

fater, vater, sm. father.

fater-los, aj fatherless.

faz, sn. vessel.

faz.z,a, vaz.z.a, sf. burden.

fehon, wv. II, eat, feast

fehtan, vehtan, sv. Ill, fight.

felgen, wv. I, lay claim to some- thing for oneself (dat.}

feiz,z,it, fei:sit, aj. fat.

felt, velt, sn. field, land.

fSr, av. from afar.

ferah, sn. life.

ferro, av. afar, distant, from afar.

fers, vers, sm. verse.

festi, sf. firmness; in festl, av. surely, certainly.

festinon, wv. II, fasten, make fast.

fialun, pret. pi. of fallan.

fiant, viant, fiiant, sm. enemy.

figa, wf. fig.

fihu, sn. cattle.

fillen, wv. I, scourge.

filu, file, vilo, uninfl. neut. c. gen. and av. much.

fimf, finf, num. five.

findan, sv. Ill, find, perceive.

finf-hunt, mim. five hundred.

finf-zug, num. fifty.

fingar, finger, vinger, sm. finger.

finstarnessi, sn. darkness.

finstri, sf. darkness.

fior, vior, mini. four.

fir-damnon, wv. II, condemn.

firdan, //. of fir-tuon ; as aj. guilty.

firiha, viriha (nom. pi.}, sm. men.

firina, virina, sf. guilt, sin, mis- deed.

virin-lih, aj. terrible.

firin-lust, sf. criminal lust, desire.

fir-meinen, wv. show, make clear.

fir-sagen, wv. Ill, deny.

fir-slintan, sv. Ill, swallow up.

fir-stantnissi, sn. understanding, fir-tragan, firdragan, sv. VI,

bear, endure.

fir-tuon, v. anom. give pain, curse, fir-werdan, sv. Ill, perish. fir-wiz,zan, pret.-pres. re/I, be

sensible, reasonable, fisc, sm. fish.

fisgo = fisco, gen. pi. of fisc. fiur, viur, vuir, sn. fire. fizus-heit, sf. cunningness, sly- ness.

flehtan, sv. Ill, plait, twist. fliohan, fliahan, sv. II, tr. and

intr. escape.

fllz., sm. diligence, zeal, exertion. niz,z.an, giflizan, sv. I, strive

zealously.

fliz,zlg, flizig, aj. dilgent, zealous, fohe, aj. pi. few. fol, aj. c. gen. and dat. full, folgen, wv. Ill, follow, folk, folc, sn. people, vol-list, sf. help, aid, pleasure, follon, av. completely, very, fon, von, prep. c. dat. and instr.

from, concerning, about, by;

fon thiu, therefore; fon then,

among them.

fona, prep. c. "dat. from, of. fora, for, vora, prep. c. dat. be- fore, in the presence of, against, fora-faran, sv. VI, go before, fora-sago, wm. prophet.' for-brennen, varprennen, wv. I,

consume, burn up. forhta, sf. fear, forhtanten, part. dat. pi. of

forhten. forhten, wv. I, fear, be afraid, be

in fear.

vor-faran, see fur-faran. for-geban, sv. V, forgive. for-coufen, wv. I, sell, for-lazan, sv. VII, forgive, leave,

dismiss, send away. for-la^nessi, sn. forgivenness.

GLOSSAR Y.

149

vorliez, pret. I. 3. sing, of for-

lazjan.

for-lust, sf. loss, waste. forna, av. before, for-stantan sv. VI (fret, -stuont,

-stuot), understand, get to know,

perceive.

fragen, wv. Ill, ask. fram, av. forwards, far, out. fram-bringan, sv. Ill (see § 154,

2 ), bring forwards, proclaim, fram-hald, aj. bent forward, for- ward.

fram-queman, sv. IV, go out. frano, see frono. frawa-licho, av. joyfully. freht, sf. sei^vice, merit, fremmen, fremen, wv. I, fulfil, frewida, sf. joy. frewen, frouwen, wv. I, be glad ;

refl. rejoice. fridu, sm. peace, friie-tag, sm. Friday, frist, sf. time, friunt, vriunt, sm. friend. fro (Goth, frauja), ^vm. master ;

fro mm, used only in reference

to Christ or an angel. fronisc, fronisg, aj. beautiful,

shining, holy, frono, frano, aj. indecl. (properly

gen. pi. of fro, master), divine,

holy, beautiful. frowon, frouwon, wv. II, refl.

rejoice.

fruht, sf. fruit.

fruma, sf. advantage, interest. frummen, frumman, gifrum-

men, wv. I, perform, do, make. fuir, vuir, fiur, sn. fire ; see fiur. fullen, wv. I, fulfil, fill. fullida, sf. completion, end. fuogen, fuagen, wv. I, unite, put

together, combine. fuogi, fuagi, sf. addition, con- nection. . fuozj, sm. foot.

furben, wv. I, sweep, clean, furdir, av. further to the front,

henceforth, fur-faran, vorfaran, sv. VI, pass

away. fur-goumo-16son, wv. II, neglect,

disregard.

furi, prep. c. ace. before, furi-faran, sv. VI, pass by. furi-magan, pret.-pres. get the

upper hand, overcome. furiro, av. comp. to furi, former,

greater, more ; nezit. aj. as av.

furira, more, furi-sizzen, -sitzen, sv. V, sit

away, lose by sitting. furi-stentida, sf. understanding, furcoufit, pres. 3. sing, of far-

couffen.

furlaz^an = for-lazan. furlegan, pp. of fur-ligan, as aj.

adulterous.

fur-ligan, sv. V, commit adultery, fur-liosan, forliosan, sv. II, lose,

destroy.

fur-nidaren, wv. I, condemn, furnidirit = furnidarit. furstantan = for-stantan. fur-werdan, sv. Ill, perish. fuzze = phuzza, sf. well.

a.

gahen, gigahen, wv. I, hasten,

hurry.

gahun, av. quickly, suddenly, galla, wf. gall. galtan = gi-haltan. gaman, sn. play, fun, joy. gan, see gangan. ga-nerien = nerien. gang, sm. a going, walking, way. gangan, gan, gen, sv. VII, go,

walk, ga-nist, kanist, sf. deliverance,

safety, ga-nuhtsam, kinuhtsam, aj.

plenteous.

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

gaot,= guot.

garawen, garuen, wv. I, make

ready, prepare. garwen = garawen. garo (gen. garwes), aj. ready. garo, av. entirely, completely,

very.

gart, sm. boundary, circle, gast, sm. guest. gast-hus, sn. inn. geba, sf. gift.

geban, kepan, sv. V, give, grant, geet, pres. 3. sg. and 2. pi. to

gangan.

gegin-werti, sf. presence. gShan, sv. V, confess. See § 67. geist, sm. ghost, spirit. ge-kunni, aj. inborn, hereditary. geltan, sv. Ill, return, make good,

pay for, pay. gener, see jener. gern-lihho, av. diligently,

earnestly, carefully. gSrno, kerno, av. gladly, readily,

willingly. gSron, keron, wv. II, geren, wv.

IIIj wish, request. gevuhti, pret. subj. 3. sg. of

fehtan.

gi-beini, sn. bones, legs, gi-berahton, -berehton, wv. II,

glorify.

gi-beran = beran. gi-bergan = bergan. gi-bet, gebet, kebet, sn. prayer, gi-biotan, sv. II, bid, order, com- mand. gi-birgi, sn. mountain, hilly

country.

gibiudist, pres. 2. sg. of gi- biotan.

gi-bot, sn. edict, gi-burt, sf. birth. gi-thank, gidanc, gadanch, sm.

thought.

gi-thingi, sn. consultation, hope. gidiurit, see tiuren.

gi-drahta, see trahta.

githrewen = threwen.

giduet, imper. 2. pi. of tuon.

giduot, see tuon.

gi-thiuto, av suitably,fitly, nobly.

gi-enton, wv. II, end, accomplish.

gi-fang, sn. dress, clothing.

gi-fangida, kefangida, sf. cap- tivity.

gi-fehan, sv. V, rejoice, be glad.

giveha, subj. pres. 3. sg. of gi- fehan.

gi-feho, wm. joy, gladness.

gifiang, pret. sg. of fahan.

gi-folgen, wv. Ill, pursue, follow.

gi-fremmen, gifremen, wv. I, perform, fulfil.

gift, sf. gift.

gi-fullen, wv. I, fulfil, perform, accomplish.

gi-gahan, see gahen.

gi-haltan (galtan), cahaltan, sv. VII, hold, keep, preserve.

gi-heilen, wv. I, heal, save.

gihohen, see hohen.

gi-hugen, wv. I ; think ; c. gen. remember.

gi-kiosan, sv. II, choose.

giquetan, pp. of que'dan.

gilamf, pret. 3. sg. of gi-lim- phan.

gi-lari, sn. room, space, abode.

gilerit, pp. as aj. learned.

gi-lih, aj. like, similar ; after gen. pi. = each, every.

gi-liho, av. in like manner.

gi-lihnessi, sn. parable.

gi-limph.an, sv. Ill, be meet, fit ; impers. c. dat. — oportet, decet.

gilinpfit = gilimph.it.

gi-louba, galaupa, calaupa, ka- lauba, sf. faith, belief.

gi-louben, wv. I, believe, c. dat.

gi-laubo, wm. faith.

gi-lumpf-lih, gilumplih, aj. be- fitting, fit, suitable.

gi-lust, sf. desire, joy, satisfaction.

GLOSSARY.

gi-lust-Hh, aj, joyful, pleasant.

gi-luten = luten.

gi-macha, sf. thing, affair.

gi-mahha, wf. wife.

gi-marcon, wv. II, appoint.

gi-meinen, wv. I, make common, unite, exhibit.

gi-mirrofc, aj. part, spiced or mixed with myrrh.

gi-munt, sf. memory.

gi-munfcigon, wv. II, remember.

gi-nada, ganada, genada, ka- nada, sf. mercy, grace, favour.

gi-nadig, kenadig, aj. kind, merciful.

gi-nadon, wv. II. genaden (kena-

• dit, Ps. cxvi), wv. I, be gracious, have mercy upon.

gi-nemnen = nemnen.

gi-nesan, ganesan, sv. V, be saved, remain alive, get away.

gi-noto, av. exactly, zealously, very.

gi-no^, sm. sharer, partaker.

gi-nuog, kinuog, aj.,av. enough.

gi-nuogi, ginuagi, aj. enough.

gi-nuogi, ginuagi, sf. abundance, sufficiency.

gi-nuhtsaml, sf. abundance, plenty.

gi-offanon (pret. sg. gioffo- nota), wv. II, open.

giossaan, sv. II, pour.

gi-rati, garati, sn. advice, re- solve, conclusion.

girehfestigot, //. of reht-festi- gon.

girida, kirida, kyrida, sf. desire, lust.

gi-rihten, wv. I, c. gen. inform of, acquaint with; direct, guide.

girren, see irren.

gi-rusti, sn. arrangement, pre- paration.

gi-samanon, wv. 11, gather to- gether.

gi-sehan = sehan.

gi-sellio, wm. house-mate, com- panion, friend, gi-semon, wv. II, assemble, gisentidiu, //. nom. pi. neut. of

senten. gi-sezzen, -setzen, wv. I, place,

put.

gi-siht, sf. vision, gi-sindi, sn. retinue, gi-scaft, sf. creature, gi-skeid, sn. separation, decision,

end. gi-scouwon, wv. II, look upon,

regard. gi-scrlb, sn. writing, scripture,

census.

gi-standan, to stand ; see stantan. gi-stillen = stillen. gi-stirri, sn. star, constellation, gi-sund, aj. safe, sound, unhurt, gi-trenken, wv. I, give to drink, gi-triwi, gidriuwi, aj. true, faith- ful, gi-turran, gidurran, kiturran,

pret.-pres. dare, venture, gi-wahan, sv. VI, mention, relate, gi-walt, sf. power, gi-waltan, kiwaltan, sv. VII,

rule over, wield, gi-want, sn. turning, end. giwant, pp. of gi-wenten. gi-wara, av. carefully, attentively, gi-wara-llcho, av. in truth, truly. gi-wati, sn. clothing, garment,

dress. gi-wedar, pr. both the one and

the other, both, gi-welih, pr. all, every one. gi-weltig, aj. having power,

pov/erful.

gi-wenten, wv. I, convert, turn, gi-werban, sv. Ill, turn, convert, gi-werdon, kawerdon, wv. II,

deign, vouchsafe, be pleased, gi-werri, sn. sedition, rebellion, gi-wesso, av. indeed, certainly,

therefore, but.

152

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

gi-widaron, wv. II, resist, be against, be hostile to.

gi-winnan, sv. Ill, attain, reach, conquer.

gi-wissi, sf. certainty ; in giwissi, certainly.

gi-wiz,2ida, kawizida, sf. under- standing, wisdom.

gi-wiznessi, sf. testimony, cove- nant.

gi-wiz,-scaf, sf. testimony.

gi-won, aj. wont, accustomed.

gi-wona, swf. custom.

gi-wona-heit, sf. custom.

giwuagln, subj. pret. pi. of gi- wahan.

gi-wurt, sf. joy, pleasure.

gi-zal, aj. easy, quick.

gi-zami, aj. becoming, fitting.

gi-zeihhanon, wv. II, signify, give a sign.

gi-ziug, sn. implement.

gi-zungi, sn. language.

gold, sn. gold.

gom-man, sm. husband.

gomo, ivm. man.

got, god, sm. God.

got-cund, aj. divine.

got-man, sm. servant of God.

goto-webbi, sn. purple robe.

goto-webbin, aj. purple.

gouma, sf. dinner, supper, good fortune ; gouma neman, per- ceive, observe.

grab (//. grebir), sn. grave, tomb.

graban, sv. VI, dig up.

gravo, wm. ruler, president, governor.

gruoni, aj. green.

gund-fano, wm. war-standard.

guollih, guallih = guatlih, guot- lih, aj. good, friendly, glorious ; av. guallicho.

guot, guat, gaot, aj. good ; comp. bez.z.iro, superl. bes^isto.

H.

haben, hapen, haban, hapan,

wz>. Ill, have, haft, aj. bound, chained, hah an, sv. VII, hang, crucify, halingon, av. secretly. halon, see holon. haltan, sv. VII, watch, keep,

hold.

halz, aj. lame.

hamal-stat, sf. place of Calvary, hangen, wv. Ill, hang. hano, wm. cock, hansa, sf. cohort, hant, sf. hand. hantolon, wv. II, touch with the

hand, treat. hapan, see haben. hapeta, pret. sg. of haben. haranscara, see harm-scara. haren, heren (Goth, hazjan), wv.

Ill, call, cry.

harm, sm. harm, insult, outrage, harm-scara, haranscara, sf. pain- ful punishment, chastisement, hart, herti, aj. hard, harto, av. very much. haizz.on, wv. II, hate, he = her, see er. hebet, imper. 2. pi. ofheffen. hebig, aj. =• hevig, heavy, hebiti, hebitos, hebist, see §

169, 2. heffen, hevan, heven, sv. VI, lift,

raise. hefig, hevig, hebig, aj. heavy,

weighty, important ; hefig sin,

be troublesome. heidan, aj. as subst. pagan,

heathen.

heidan, heidin, aj. heathen, heigan, see eigan. heil, aj. safe, unhurt, sound,

whole ; heil wis ! = Lat. salve,

ave, hail ! heilee, ace. pi. masc. of heil.

GLOSSARY.

153

heilag, aj. holy.

heilagnessi, sn. holiness.

heilagon, wv. II, hallow, sanctify.

heilant, sm. Saviour, Jesus.

heilazen, wv. I, greet, salute.

heilazunga, sf. salutation.

heilen, wv. I, save, heal.

heili, heilida, sf. safety, salvation.

heilizita, pret. sg. of heilazsn.

heim, smn. home.

heimina, av. away from home,

from home.

heim-wartes, av. homewards. heit-haffc, aj. belonging to the

priesthood.

heiz, aj. hot, urgent, important. heiz-muoti, sf.. anger, wrath. heizzan, hei^an, sv. VII, intr. be

called ; tr. name, command. heiz,zo, heizo, av. ardently, fer- vently.

helden, wv. I, bend, helfa, sf. help.

helfan, helphan, sv. Ill, help, helfant, sm. elephant. hellan, sv. Ill, sound. belli- wiz,zi,.w. punishment of hell,

hell.

her, pr. he, see er. hera, av. hither, hera-sun, av. hither, herda, see erda. heren, see haren. heri, sn. army, heri-zoho, wm. chief, herosto, heristo, aj. superl. chief. heroti, sn. mastership, superiority,

magistrates, senate. herro, wm. master, herti, see hart, herti, sf. hardness. herza, wm. heart. hiar, hia, her, av. here, hiengin, subj . pret. pi. of hahan. hier, here ; see also hiar. hier-wist, sf. (lit. being here), life

on earth.

hilfa = helfa, help.

himil, sm. heaven.

himilisc, himilisg, aj. celestial,

heavenly, hinan, av. from this place ; fon

hinan, moreover, besides. himil-zungal, sn. heavenly star, hina-vart ^/".departure, journey to. hintar-queman, sv. IV, go back,

be frightened (c. gen.}. hio = io, eo, ever, hirti, sm. shepherd. hiu, pr. instr. sg. to waz,, there- fore ; bi hiu, wherefore. hiutu, av. on this day, to-day, hiwiski, sn. family. hluten, luten, wv. I, give a sound,

sound.

hoh, aj. high, hohen, gihohen, wv. I, make

high, exalt. hohi, sf. height; fon hohl (ex

alto), from on high. hohisto, aj. siiperl. of hoh. hoisto = hohisto. hold, holt, aj. gracious, faithful. holon, halon, wv. II, holen, wv.

Ill, fetch, call, invite. holz, sn. wood, hona, sf. derision, mockery, honen, wv. I, spot, mock, hon-lih, aj. ignominious. horen, horren, wv. I, hear ; c. dat.

obey.

horn, sn. horn, horn-gibruoder, sm. leper, houbit, houpit, sn. head, huggen, huckan, gihukken,

kyhukken, gihuggen, wv. I,

think of.

huldi, sf. favour, hungaren, wv. I, hunger, hunteri, sm. centurion, huora, sf. •. dultery. hursken, hursgen, wv. I, exercise,

make zealous. hus, sn. house.

154

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

ia, see ja.

ibu, ipu, cj. if.

ih, pers. pr. I.

Hen, Illen, wv. I, hasten.

ilunga, j/". haste.

im-bot, sn. command, order.

imos = imo es.

imoz, = imo iz,.

id, prep. c. ace. into ; dat. instr. with, in, among, between ; in alawari, verily ; in thiu, in this, herein.

in, pr. dat pi., to them.

inan, him (ace.).

inan, prep. c. dat. in, within ; inan in, within themselves.

in-brinnan, inprinnan, sv. Ill, take fire, kindle, inflame.

in-thihan, sv. I, c. gen., to under- take a thing.

in-fahan, sv. VII, conceive.

in-gagan, prep. c. dat. against.

in-gangan, ingan, sv. VII, enter, go into.

ingeit, pres. 3. sg. of in-gan- gan.

in-geltan, sv. Ill, c. gen. pay for, pay penalty for.

in-crebon, wv. II, rebuke.

in-liuhten, wv. I, give light.

innan, inan, innana, av. within, inside.

innuovilu,.w.jz5/. entrails ; innuo- vilu miltida, viscera miseri- cordia, most inward (tender) mercy.

inphieng, pret. 3. sg. of int- fahan.

inti, indi, ind, cj. and ; see anti ; inti . . . inti, both .... and.

intfagana, pp. ace. sg. fern, of int-fahan.

int-fahan, sv. VII, conceive, take under one's protection, receive.

int-fuoren, intfuaren, wv. I, lead away, withdraw, remove.

int-gangan, sv. VII, escape, get

away. int-llheri, inliheri, sm. usurer,

money-lender, inphahan = in-fahan. int-sizzen, insizzen, sv. V, fear,

apprehend.

in-tratan, sv. VII. be afraid of. int-waten, wv.\, undress, takeoff. io, eo, av. ever, always. ' io-gi-wellh, pr. each, every, all. io-gi-llh, iagillh, aj. pr. each, ioh, see job. io-man, iaman, eoman, pr. indef.

anyone.

io-mer, iamer, av. ever. io-wibt, iawiht, pr. anything,

aught.

ipu, see ibu. if, prep., see ur. ir, pr. pers. ye. ir-barmen, erbarmen, wv. Ill,

have pity or compassion on. ir-bitan, sv. I, expect, abide, ir-thenken, wv. I, devise, think

out.

irdin, aj. of earth, ir-thwesben, see thwesben. ir-findan, sv. Ill, find, ir-forhten, yrforahten, wv. I,

reft, be afraid. ir-fullen, wv. I, fulfil, ir-furben, yrfurben, arfurpan,

wv. I, sweep clean, sweep

away, ir-geban, argeban, sv. V, give

up, hand over, ir-kennen, wv. I, perceive, know,

understand. ir-knaan, irknahaen, wv. I (pret.

Otfrid irknuatlt), know, recog- nise, perceive.

ir-lesgen = arlesgen, wv. I, de- stroy.

ir-reinon, wv. II, make clean, irren, girren, wv. I; irron,

girron, wv. II, lead astray.

GLOSSARY.

155

ir-retten, ivv. I, deliver, rescue, irron, ivv. II, go astray, err. ir-sagen, wo. Ill, tell in full, ir-skinan, sv. I, begin to shine,

shine, irsluagin, pret. pi. subj. of ar-

slahan. ir-smahen, wv. Ill, become small,

appear insignificant. irsterban — ar-sterban. ir-suochen, -suohhsn, -suachen,

wv. I, seek, investigate. ir-teilen, irdeilen, wv. I, judge,

condemn.

irdualta, pret. sg. of ir-twellen. ir-twellen, irdwellen, wv. I, re- tard, delay, put off. ir-wellen. wv. I, choose, intend. ir-wenten, wv. I, turn aside, ir-werten, arwartan, wv. I, hurt,

destroy, ir-wintan, sv. Ill, c. gen. cease a

thing.

ir-zellen, wv. I, relate. Isin, aj. of ice ; Isine steina,

crystals, cryolites. ita-wlz, itiwiss, sm. reproach, ital, aj. empty, it-mali, aj. festive. iu, pr. dat. pi. to th.u. iu, see ju. iung, see Jung ; iungiro, see jun-

giro.

iuwer, iuer, pass. pr. your. i'4,prep., see az. iz, pr. it. i^, imper. 2. ^. of ejaszan.

J.

ja, ia, av. yea, verily, jamar, smn. sorrow, grief, jar, sn. year.

jehan, gehan, sv. V, confess, de- clare. See § 67. jener, gener,/r. ofe/;z. that, yon. joh, ioh, even, also, and.

ju, iu, av. now, already, yet. jurg, iung, aj. young ; comp. jun- giro, as subst. disciple ; superl. t jungisto, youngest, last.

K, C (before a, o, u), Ch, Q.

ka-danch, cadanc, sm. thought, ca-haltan, see gi-haltan. ca-laupa, kalauba. see gi-louba. ka-nada, see gi-nada. kap, pret. 3 sg. of geban. kanerien, canerien = nerien. ka-werdon, see gi-werdon. ka-wi^^ida, see gi-wi^zida. ke-bet, see gi-bet. ke-fangida, see gi-fangida. keisur, keisor, sm. emperor, kec-prunno, see quec-brunno. kecriftiu, //. fern. sg. nom. of

kripfen.

ke-lop, aj. praised, renowned, kempfo, khenfo, wm. warrior,

soldier.

kerno, see gerno. chuanheit = kuanheit. khuning, khunic, see cuning. ki-huct, sf. memory, thought, ki-halon, see gi-halon. kicorana .pp. pi. of kiosan. ki-lih, see gi-llh. ki-nada, see gi-nada. kinamta, pret. sg. of nemneru kind, sn. child. kinuok', see ginuog. kiosan, sv. II, choose, kipannit, pres. 3. sg. of bannan. ki-scirri, sn. vessel, ki-starkan, wv. I, make strong,

fortify, kistentit, pres. 3. sg. of ki-

standan, gi-standan. ki-tar,/m-. i. 3. sg. of ki-turran,

gi-turran.

ki-tarnen, wv. I, hide, conceal, kitriufit, pres. 3. sg. of trioffan. claf unga, sf. gnashing.

I56

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

kleiben, wv. I, fasten.

kleini, aj. pretty, neat, small ; av.

kleino. kleini, sf. neatness, exactness,.

art.

kneht, sm. boy, servant. kneo, knio (gen. knewes,

kniwes), sn. knee. come, subj. pres. 3. sg. of que-

man. See § 155, note. com-men,gom-man, sm. husband. corn, korn, sm. corn, coron, wv. II, c. gen. taste, test,

try. corona (Lat. corona), sf. garland,

crown.

kosa, sf. point of dispute, narra- tion.

koson, wv. II, speak, costunga, sf. temptation, kot, got, sm. God. couf, sm. business. couffen, coufen, wv. I, buy. kreftig, aj. strong, powerful. crippea, sf. manger. kripfen, kriffen, wv. I, snatch

away, seize. cruel, chruci, kruci, sn. cross,

crucifix.

cruzon, wv. crucify. quadhun, pret. 3. pi. of que-

dan. quee, chuech, aj. quick, alive,

living. quec-brunno, kecpruno, wm.

living water ; ace. sg. quec-

prunnan.

quedan, sv. V, say, tell, name, kuelen, see kuolen. queman, sv. IV, come, quena, sf. wife, woman, quidih = quidu ih. cumin, sn. cyminum, cummin, cumist, cumit, 2. 3. sg. of que- man, see § 155, note. cund, aj. known ; as subst. pi.

kinsfolk.

kunden, chunden, wv. I, pro- claim, show, announce.

cunigin, sf. queen.

cuning, khunic, khuning, sm. king.

kuning-Hh, aj. kingly, regal.

cunni, chunni, sn. race, genera- tion, kinship.

kuolen, kuelen, wv. Ill, become cool.

kuon-heit,kuanheit, sf. boldness, bravery.

kuoni, kuani, chuani, aj. brave.

kuono, av. bravely.

kuphar, chupfer, (Lat. cuprum), sn. copper.

curet, see curi.

curi, pi. curit, curet, imper. with neg. ni curi = Lat. noli; pro- perly the subj. pret. to kiosan.

kurti, sf. shortness, brevity.

cus, sm. kiss.

cussen, cussan, wv. I, kiss.

kyhukken, see huggen.

L.

ladon, wv. II, invite, call.

lahan, sn. veil.

lahhan, sn. cloth, cloak.

lacta, pret. sg. of lecken.

lamb, sn. lamb.

lang-lih, aj. long.

lango, av. long, long time.

lant, sn. land.

lant-scaf, sf. district, country.

lant-thiot, sn. people of the land.

lastar, blame, complaint.

n, lazan, sv. VII, let, allow,

leave ; la^ nu, used like Lat.sine. lazzen, wv. Ill, tarry, linger. lauc, see loug. leben, lepen, wv. Ill, live, lecken, wv. I, wet. legen (Goth, lagjan), wv. I, lay

place. leid, sn. grief, pain.

GLOSS A R Y.

leidhor, comp. to leid ; intj. alas ! leisten, ^w. I, perform, grant, leiten, ivv. I, lead, leitid, snt. guide, leader, lengi, sf. length. lenzo, wm. spring. leo {gen. lewes), sm. grave, lera, sf. teaching, doctrine, lerren, leren (Goth, laisjan), wv.

I, teach, instruct, lesen, sv. V, read, gather, lewes, les, interj. ah ! alas ! lewinna, ivf. torrent, stream. lib, lip, sn. life, body, libben (from * libjan), wv. I, live. lid, sm. wine, a kind of spirituous

intoxicating drink, lidan, sv. I, go, drive, ligan (from *ligjan), likkan, sv.

V, lie, lie down. lih.-h.amo, llhamo, wm. body,

corpse.

Hchezeri, sm. hypocrite. lindo, av. softly, mildly. linen, wv. Ill, recline, lean down. liod, lioth, sn. song, hymn. liogan, sv. II, lie (mentiri). lioht, sn. light, liozzan, sv. II, draw lots, cast

lots, lip-leita, Hb-leita, sf. livelihood,

sustenance. list, sm. science, art. listlg, aj. wise, cunning. liuf, pret. i. 3. sg. of loufan. liuhten, wv. I, shine. liut, sn. folk. lob, sn. praise, glory. lobon, wv. II, praise. loc, sm. hair. lonon, wv. II, dat. pers. gen. rei,

reward.

^6s, sn. dissoluteness, wantonness. losen, lossan, wv. I, make free,

free, deliver.

losunga, sf. deliverance, redemp- tion.

loufan, sv. VII, run.

loug, lauc, sm. flame.

loz,, sn. lot, fate ; in lo^ze = Lat.

sorte.

luft, sf. ak.

lugi, luki, sf. lie, untruth, luginari, sm. liar, lucil = luzil. lust, sf. joy, gladness. lusten, wv. I, impers. c. dat. wish

for.

luten, see hluten. luto, av. loudly, aloud, luzzig, luzlg, aj. little. luzzil, luzil, lucil, aj. small,

little.

M.

mag, mak, sm. relation.

maga-zogo,magaczogo, wm. edu- cator, trainer.

magad-burt, sf. bringing forth from a virgin.

magan, mugan, pret.-pres. be able.

magin, sf. kinswoman.

mahal, sn. judgment, doom.

mahalen, wv. I, betroth.

mahal-stat, sf. place of judgment.

maht, sf. strength, power.

maht, pres. 2. sg. of magan, mugan.

mahtlg, aj. mighty.

mac, pres. i. 3. sg. of magan, mugan.

machon, wv. II, make, do, pre- pare.

mammunti, sn. friendliness, gentle- ness, blessedness.

mammonto, av. gently, friendly, lovingly.

man (gen. mannes), sm. man.

manag, aj. much ; nom. pi. masc. manage, many.

manag-falt, aj. manifold.

man-kunni,manchunni, sn.ma.n~ kind.

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

mannilih, aj. each, every.

mannogilih, aj. each, every.

man-slago, win. murderer.

man.-slah.ta, sf. murder.

mano, wm. moon.

manod, sf. month.

manon, wv. II, warn, exhort, re- mind.

manude, dat. sg. of manod.

maren, wv. I, make known, pro- claim.

marha, marca, sf. boundary, land, end.

marha, sf. mare, horse.

mari, sn. news, tidings, story ; mari tuon, make known, pro- claim, relate.

maroon, marchon, wv. II, mark off, settle, appoint.

marrit, pres. 3. sg., see merren.

masa, wf. wound, scar.

megin, sn. strength, power.

meina, sf. opinion ; bi thia meina, verily.

meinen, wv. I, mean, think.

mein-swart, sm. perjury, false oath.

me in- tat, meindat, sf. evil deed.

meistar, sm. master.

meisto, aj. super!, greatest.

menden, wv. I, rejoice.

menigi, sf. multitude, crowd, host.

menigiro, comp. of manag.

menniski, sf. human form.

mennisco, mennisgo, wm. man.

meri-grioia, sm. pearl.

mero (Goth, maiza), aj. comp. greater; av. mer; neut. pi. as av. more.

meron, wv. II, increase.

merren, marran, wv. I, hinder, prevent, disturb, mar.

metar (Lat. metrum), sn. metre.

mez, sn. measure.

me/i/an, sv. V, measure.

mieta, miata, swf. reward, pay, wages.

mih.il, mihhil, aj. great.

mihliilnessi, sfn. majesty.

mih,hll6s6n, wv. II, magnify.

miltida, sf. mercy.

mm, pass. pr. my.

minniro, aj. comp. less ; av. min.

nainna, sf. love.

minnon, wv. II, love, like.

minza, wf. mint.

mirra, myrra, wf. myrrh.

misken. misgen, wv. I, mix.

missadahta, pret. sg. of missi-

thenken. misse-leben, wv. Ill, lead a bad

life. missi-spreh.lian,missasprehh.an,

sv. IV, speak amiss, missi-tuon, missatuon, v. anom.

do amiss, missi-, missa-thenken, wv. I,

think amiss, wrong, missi-, missa-tat, sf. misdeed, missi-truwen, missidruen, wv.

Ill, mistrust. mit, prep. c. dat. and instr. with ;

rarely ace. with ; mit thiu, mit

diu, when, while, after, seeing

that.

mittemo, wm. the midst, middle, mitti, aj. middle. mittila-gart, mittilgart, sm.

earth, world, mohta, pret. I. 3. sg. of magan,

mugan.

mord, smn. murder, molta, sf. dust, earth, morgan-lih, aj. pertaining to the

morning, morning, mot, see muot. mugan, magan, makan, pret.-

pres., may, be able ; pres. i. 3. sg.

mag, mac ; pret. sg. mohta. mugga, mucca, swf. gnat, midge, mund, sm. mouth, muoter, muater, sf. mother, muor, sn. moor, swamp, mucs, sn. food.

GLOSSARY.

159

muot, muat, mot, smn. mind,

spirit, courage, muozzan, muoz,an, pret.-pres.

may, can, must. muruwi, aj. tender. muspilli, sn. destruction of the

world, day of judgment, the last

day.

sir;

nah, prep. c. dat. and instr. near,

close by, by, about, nahen, wv. I, approach, come

near. nahisto, superl. to nah ; subst.

wm. neighbour, naht, sf. night, naht-wahta, sf. nightwatch. nah-wist, sf. a being near. nalles (=^ni-alles\ nalas, nales,

av. not, not at all, not however, namo, wm. name. namon, ivv. II, name, namtun, pret. pi. of nemnen. nan, =inan, him. nartha, sf. narda. natra, wf. viper, adder. ne — ni, not.

neigen, wv. I, bend, incline. neman, =nio-man, sm. no one. neman, sv. IV, take, take down, nemnen, nemnan, nemmen, wv.

I, call, name, invoke. nerien, nerren, nerian, nerren,

nerran, wv. I, save, rescue. ni, neg. part. not. nibi, nube, nub, cj. unless. nid, sm. hate, envy, anger. nidar, av. below, nidar-gi-sezzen (Goth, satjan),

wv. I, put clown. nidar-stigan, sv. I, descend, come

down.

nidarunga, sf. condemnation, niezant, pres. 3. pi. of nioz,an. nih-ein, nichein, pr. no one, not

one.

nio, av. never ; strengthened form nio jn altare.

mo-man,/?-, no one.

nio-wiht, sn. nothing.

niozz.an, nioz^an, nia^an, sv. II, use, enjoy, share in.

nist, is not.

niunto, ninth.

niuwi, niwi, aj. new.

ni-wan, cj. nothing but, except.

noh, av. yet, and not ; noh. . . . noh, neither . . . nor.

nollo, wm. hill.

not, sf. need, trouble, danger; bi noti, necessarily, by necessity.

notag, notac, aj. distressed, in need.

not-stallo, wm. companion in ad- versity, fellow in arms.

nu, av. now.

nube, nub, see nibi.

nunft, numft, sf. a taking, receiv- ing.

nuzzl, sf. use.

O.

oba, cj. if.

obar, prep. c. ace. over, upon.

obanentig, aj. uppermost.

obanentigi, sf. the top.

odo, oda, av. perhaps.

odo, oda, cj. or ; odo . . . odo,

either ... or. 6do-wan, av. perhaps. odo-wila, av. by chance. of an, ovan, sm. oven, offanon, ofanon, wv. II, open, ofto, av. often. oh, cj. but ; see ouh. olbenta, wf. camel. oli, sn. oil. ouh, oh, cj. also, but. or a, wn. ear. ordinon (Lat. ordinare), wv. II,

ordain, put in order, arrange, ostana, av. from the East, ostar, av. to the East, in the East.

i6o

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

ostarun, ostoron, ivfm.pl. Easter,

Pascha.

ostrun/tt/i //. the Passover,Easter. otag, aj. rich.

ot-muoti, odmuoti, sf. humility. 6d-muotig, aj. humble, meek. ouga, sn. eye. ougen, ougan, wv. I, show.

P.

pagan, see bagan.

palinz-hus, sn. palace.

palwic, see balwig.

pan, see ban.

paradis, pardisi, sn. paradise.

parn, see barn.

paston, wm.pl. fatlings.

pen (gen. pehh.es), sm. hell, hell- fire,

pfenningo, gen. pi. of phending.

phending, sm. denarius, penny.

phuzza, fuzze, buzza (Lat. pu- teus), sf. well.

phuzzi, sm. well.

pi, see bi.

pidiu, see bithiu, bidiu.

pidungan, pp. of bi-thwingan; as aj. sad, troubled, distressed.

pi-haltida, sf. protection.

pina, sf. punishment, pain.

pisaufta,./;'^. sg. of bi-souffen.

pitan, see bitan.

piutit,/ra-. 3. sg. of biotan.

pivallan, see bi-fallan.

piqueme, subj. pres. 3. sg. of bi-queman, arrive, come.

prediga, brediga, sf. sermon.

predigon, praedigon (Lat. pre- dicare), wv. II, preach.

predigunga, sf. preaching.

pringan, see bringan.

prinnan, see brinnan.

prosa, wf. prose.

prust, see brust.

pu, see bu.

puaza, see buoza.

purpurin, aj. purple.

Q,, see K.

K.

rahha, racha, sf. account, thing.

rahhon, rachon, kirahhon, ivv.. II, relate, tell.

rat, sm. advice, plan, help.

ratissa, sf. parable.

reda, sf. account.

redi, aj. quick.

redi-haft. aj. reasonable.

redinon, iuv. II, speak, tell, re- late.

ref (gen. re'ves, reues), sm. womb.

refsen, wv. I, reprove, censure, chide.

regula, sf. rule.

re'ht, aj. right, just, righteous; sn. righteousness.

reht-festi, sf. justification.

reht-festigon, wv. II, justify.

reht-gern, rehtkern, aj. just, up- right.

reht-llh, aj. just.

re'hto, av. very, rightly.

reini, aj. clean, pure ; av. reino.

reini, reinida, sf. purity, beauty, cleanness.

reinon, wv. II, make clean.

resten, wv. I, rest.

resti, sf. rest, repose.

retten, wv. I, withdraw, take from, rescue.

rihhi, sn. kingdom.

richi-tuom, richiduam, sm. king- dom.

rihhison, wv. II, rule, reign.

rihti, sf. direction, rule.

rihtunga, sf. judicial investigation, trial.

ring, sm. ring, garland, circle.

ringan, sv. Ill, fight, struggle.

risan, sv. I, fall.

rioz.zan, riosjan, reoz,z.an, reozan, sv. II, weep, weep for, bewail.

risan, sv. I, ride.

GLOSSARY.

161

riuwa, riwa, s-w. regret, repent- ance, sadness, penance.

rora, swf. reed.

rot, aj. red.

rouhhen, wv. I, offer up incense.

ruova, sf. number, numbering.

ruofan, sv. VII, call out, cry out

ruogen, ruegen, wv. I, accuse, arraign.

ruog-stab, ruagstab, sm. com- plaint, charge, accusation.

ruohhen, ruachen, wv. I, take account of.

ruoren, ruaren, wv. I, touch, move.

ruston, wv. I, adorn, make right.

ruta, wf. rue (plant).

S.

saga, sf. narration.

sagen, wv. Ill, say, tell.

sahen, wv. I (pret. sata), sow.

sahha, sf. reason, accusation.

salba, wf. salve, ointment.

salb-faz, sn. vessel of ointment, alabastrum.

salbon, wv. II, anoint.

salig, aj. blessed.

saltun, pret. pi. of sellen.

sama, av. in like manner, similarly.

sama Hh., aj. same, of the same nature.

sama-so, cj. as, just as.

saman. av. together, at the same time.

samanon, samonon, wv. II, gather together, collect, con- gregate.

samanunga, sf. assembly, syna- gogue.

samaritanisc (~g\aj. Samaritanus.

sambas-tag, sm. sabbath day.

samo, wm. seed.

sang, sn. hymn.

sant, sm. sand.

santa, pret. sg. of senten. santtun,/;-^. 3. pi. of senten. sar, sare (Otfrid), av. at once,

immediately.

sar-io,<2z/. strengthened form of sar. se, see seo.

se'dal, sn. seat, throne, segan, sm. blessing, segenon, seganon, wv. II, bless, segina, swf. net. segist, pres. 2. sg. of sagen (sec

§ 169).

se'han, sv. V, see. seh.er, see ser. sehhil, sm. bag, sack, se'hs, mtm. six, sehsto, mim, sixth, seid, sn. snare, sela, sf. soul. selbo,/r. (ipse), self, sellen, selen (Goth, saljan, OE.

sellan), wv. I, hand down,

transmit, deliver, betray, selt-sani, aj. strange, wonderful, senden, senten (Goth, sandjan).

wv. I, send, give up, throw, senken, sencnan, wv. I, sink.

make to sink, se-no, se-nu, se-no-nu, se-nu-

nu, inj. behold, lo ! seo, se (gen. sewes), sm. sea. ser (seher), sn. pain. sia = sie, they.

sibba, sf. peace, relationship. sibun, num. seven, sibunto, num. seventh. sid, sidh, av. after, later ; cj. since,

because ; prep, after. siga-16s, aj. unvictorious, con- quered.

sigi-kamf, sm. victorious battle. sigi-haft, aj. victorious, sih-we'lih, pr. indef. certain, sih, pr. rejl. oneself, sihan, sv. I, strain, sih-wer, pr. some one ; sih-wag,

something.

162

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

sichure, aj. sure.

sillaba, sf. syllable.

silabar, sn. silver.

simbulum, simbulun, av. always.

sin, pr. gen. sg. to her, er.

sin, pr. poss. his.

sin, be, see § 178, 2.

sind, sinth, sm. way, direction ; in

dem sinde, in that place, there, singan, sv. Ill, sing, relate, slnsaz, = si insaz. sint, see wesan. sioh, siuh, aj. sick, ill. sita, sf. side.

siton, wv. II, plan, make, siuh, see sioh. sizzen, sitzen, -an (from *sitjan),

sv. V, sit.

skachari, schaheri, sm. robber, scaffaneru, part. dat. fern. sg. of

skephen. seal, see seulan. skalk, scalch, scalh, scale, sm.

servant.

scaz (Goth, skatts), sm. money, sceffen = skephen, sv. VI, draw

up, out.

skeidan, sv. VII, separate, sever. skenken, wv. I, pour out. give to

drink, skephen (Goth, skapjan), sv. VI,

create ; so scaffaneru, part. dat.

sg. fern, pregnant, being with

child.

skerren, wv. I, allot, determine. skiaro, skioro, av. quickly. skilt, skild, sm. shield. skln,scln,o/ clear,bright, manifest. scinan, sv. I, shine, appear. scolo, wm. debtor, skoni, aj. beautiful, clear, bright ;

av. scono.

scouwon, wv. II, view, look at. scrib, scrip, sn. writing, scriban, -en, sv. I, write* scrib-sahs, sn. writing-table. sculan, pret.-pres. shall; pres. I.

sg. seal, skal, I shall, owe, ought.

sculd, sf. debt.

sculdig, aj. guilty ; as subst. n. pi. sculdigon, debtors.

scuwo (scuuo), wm. shadow ; dat. sg. scuuen.

slaf, sm. sleep.

slafan, sv. VII, sleep.

slag, sm. blow.

slahan, sv. VI, strike.

slahta, sf. a killing, race, manner.

sleht, aj. straight, simple, quiet.

slihti, sf. evenness, simplicity.

slintan, sv. Ill, swallow.

slipf (dat. sg. slippe), sm. slip- ping, falling.

sliumo, av. quickly, suddenly ; so sliumo so, as soon as.

sllzisan, slizan, sv. I, slit, tear.

sluogun, pret. pi. of slahan.

smale-noz, (pi. -no^er), sn. small cattle, sheep.

smerza, sf. pain.

snel, aj. quick, alive, eager, brave.

snelli, sf. quickness, bravery.

so (so), av. so, thus; so-se = s6-so, when, as, just as ; so ... so, so ... as, as ... as; so welich, whosoever ; so wer so, whosoever; so war, where- soever ; so we so, howsoever ; so welichu, neut. ace. pi., as subst. whatsoever things.

solari, sn. upper room, praetorium.

solih, aj. pr. such.

solta,,flret. of sculan, see § 174.

sorga, sf. sorrow, care.

sorgen, sworgen, wv. Ill, c. gen. be uneasy about, have sorrow, care.

sougen, wv. I, give milk, suckle.

spahi, aj. wise.

spahida, sf. wisdom.

spanan, sv. VI, ace. pers. gen. rei, urge on.

sparo, wm. sparrow.

GLOSSARY.

16;

sparon, -wv. II, keep, preserve, spare.

spenton (Lat. expendere), wv. II, expend.

sper, sn. spear.

spilon, wv. II, make fun, play.

splwan, sv. I, spit, spit upon.

sprahha, spracha, sf. language, speech, discourse.

sprah-hus, sn. consulting house.

sprangon, wv. II, spring, spring up.

sprehhan, sprechan, sv. IV, speak, say.

spunga, sf. sponge.

stan, sten, standan, stantan, sv. VI, stand.

stank, sm. odour, stink.

stat, sf. place.

strata, sf. street.

stedi, sn. sea-shore.

stehhan, stechan, sv. IV, pierce, stick.

stein, sten, sm. stone, rock.

steit, pres. 3. sg. of standan.

sten, stone, see stein.

ste'mna, sf. voice.

sterken, kistarkan, wv. I, make strong, fortify.

sterro, wm. star.

stet, see standan.

stlgan, sv. I, ascend, climb.

stillen, wv. I, calm, pacify.

stimma, stimna, swf. voice.

strengison, wv. II, become strong.

strewen, wv. I, spread, scatter.

stridunga, sf. a creaking, gnash- ing.

stritan, sv. I, fight.

stua-tago, wm. day of punish- ment, doomsday.

stual = stuol, sm. stool, throne.

stuen, wv. I, atone for, pay penalty.

stum, aj. dumb, mute.

stunta, sf. time, hour.

suarb, i. 3. pret. sg. of swerban.

su-Hh, so-llh, pr. such.

sufan, sv. II, sip, drink.

sugan, sv. II, suck.

sum, aj. a certain, Lat. quidain.

sun, sunu, sm. son.

sundarm, sundirin, aj. southern.

sunna, sf. sun.

sunta, sundia, sf. sin.

suntar, av. especially.

suntlg, -ic, aj. sinful ; as sitbst.

sinner. suohhen, suachen, wv. I, seek,

long for.

suona, suana, ^judgment, atone- ment, reconciliation, suonari, suanari, sm. judge, suonnen, suannen, suonnan, wv.

I, expiate, administer justice,

judge.

suon-stat, sf. place of judgment. suor, pret. 3. sg. of sweren. suozai, suosji, sua^i, aj. sweet,

pleasant, sus, av. so, thus. sus-lih, aj. pr. such, swar, swari, aj. painful, pressing,

heavy.

swarz, aj. black, swelgan (suelgan), sv. Ill,

swallow, swerban (suerban), sv. Ill, wipe,

dry. sweren, sueren, swerren, swe-

rien, swerran, from *swarjan,

sv. VI, swear, swert, sm. sword, swester (suester% sf. sister, swigen (suigen), wv. Ill, be

silent, swilligon, wv. II, burn away

slowly. sworgen, see sorgen.

T.

tag, tac, sm. day. taga-llh, aj. daily.

M 2

i64

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

tagamuos, sn. dinner.

tarnen, kitarnan, wv. I, hide,

conceal.

tat, dat, sf. deed. tatun,/r£/. 3-//. of tuon. tell, deil, snm. part, share, teillen, teilen, wv. I, divide,

share. tempal (Lat. templum), sn.

temple.

teof, tiuf, aj. deep, terren, derien, wv. I, injure,

forsake.

teta, /r<?/. i. 3. sg. of tuon. tihta, dihta, sf. poem, tihton, dihton (Lat. dictare),

write, compose, tilli, dilli, dill, sm. anise, tin = thin, titul, sm. title, tiuf, see teof. tiufal, tiuval, sm. devil, tiuffl, diufi, sf. depth, tiuren, diuren, wv. I, glorify, tiuri, diuri, aj. costly, precious, tiurida, sf. glory, tiurison, diurison,7#z>. II, glorify. tod, dot, doth, sm. death, toht, doht, sf. fitness, qualifica- tion.

tohter, dohter, sf. daughter, tot, dod, aj. dead. touffen, toufen, wv. I, baptize, tougilen, tougalen, wv. 1, hide,

conceal. touwen,towan, douwen, dowen,

wv. I, die, perish. tragan, sv. VI, carry, bear, suffer. trahta, drahta, gi-drahta, sf.

aim. trahton, wv. II. ponder, reflect,

think about.

tranc, dranch, sm. drink, trenken, drenken, wv. I, give to

drink, refresh, treso, dresso (gen. tresewes),

wnm. treasure.

treuwa, triuwa, sf. faith. trinkan, drinkan, sv. Ill, drink. trioffan, triofan, sv. II, drop. trof , drof (lit. drop), strengthening

the negative particle ni. trohtin, see truhtln. trosten, drosten, wv. I, c. gen.

rei, console one about. truhtln, druhtln, trohtin, sm.

master, Lord, God. trumba, wf. trumpet. truoben, druaben, wv. I, make

sad, put in confusion. trut, drub, sm. friend. truwen, wv. Ill, trust. tu = thu. tuged, dugid, sf. ability, valour,

fitness.

tumb, aj. dumb, foolish. tunihha, tuniha, wf. tunic, robe. tunkal, dunkal, aj. dark, unclear. tuoh (dat. pi. tuochum), sn.

cloth.

tuom, duam, sn. judgment. tuommen, duommen, wv. I,

judge. tuon, duon, duan, v. anom. do,

make ; tuon losunga, deliver,

redeem. tura, dura, sf. door; in duron,

at the doors. twellen, dwellen, wv. I, sojourn,

remain behind.

U.

. c. dat. and ace., over,

ubar-al, av. over all, especially,

everywhere, throughout. ubar-gangan, sv. VII, go over,

travel through.

ubar-huhtig, aj. haughty, proud. ubar-winnan, sv. Ill, conquer. ubil, upil, aj. bad, wicked ;

n. subst. the bad, wickedness ;

masc. noni. pi. malefactors.

GLOSSARY.

165

uers = fers.

uf, av. up.

uf-gang, sm. an arising.

uf-springan, sv. Ill, spring up.

uf-stigan, sv. I, go up, ascend.

um-berenti = un-berenti, part.

aj. barren, unfruitful, umbi, umpi, prep. c. ace. about ;

av. around.

umbi-bi-geban, sv. V, surround, umbi-rltan, sv. I, ride round

about.

umbi-sellen, iw. I. surround. umbi-werft, sm. circle, orbit; al

these umbiwerft, the world, un-berenti, part. aj. barren, ste-

rilis. un-era, sf. insult, dishonour,

shame, un-fir-traganllh, unfardragan-

lih, aj. unbearable, un-gerno, av. reluctantly, un- willingly.

un-gi-loub-fol, aj. unbelieving. un-gi-mah, aj. not suitable, un-gi-mah, sn. injustice, trouble. un-gi-nait,^#r/. aj. without seam, un-gi-watit, part. aj. not clothed,

unclothed.

un-kust, sf. wickedness, deceit, unnan, giunnan,/ntf.-/r£r. grant

willingly, thole, un-notag, unnotac, aj. without

need.

un-nuzzi, aj. useless, idle. un-6di, aj. impossible, un-redina, sf. absurdity, nonsense. un-reht, sn. iniquity, unsen, pass. pr. dat. pi. to unser,

our.

unser, our. unsih, ace. us. un-scamanti, part. adj. without

shaming.

un-scant, aj. without disgrace, un-subar, unsuber, aj, unclean, untar, prep. c. ace. dat. under,

among, between; av. down;

untar zwein, doubtful ; untar

in zwisgen, one to another ;

untar diu, in the meanwhile, untar-fallan, sv.VII, fall between, un-tat, undat, sf. misdeed, spot,

guilt.

unti, unte, unta, cj. see anti. un-werdliho, av. with indigna- tion, indignantly, un-wirdig, aj. unworthy, un-wi^^anto, av. unknowingly, unz, unzi,/r^. c. ace. until; cj.

while, until, unzan, unzin, prep. c. ace. until ;

unzin ce, until, uodil, sm. land, property. upi, cj. = ibu. upil, see ubil.

ur, er,ir, we, prep. c. dat. out, from. ur-heiz,, sm. courage, boldness,

revolt, sedition. ur-kundi, sn. testimony. ur-cundo, wm. witness. ur-lub, sn. permission, leave, ur-restl, sf. resurrection, uz,, av. out; cj. uz,, u^-ouh, but. uz,z,an, uz.an, prep. c. ace. gen. dat.

without, except ; cj. unless. uz.z.ana, av. outwardly. uz.z.ar, uz,ar, cj. but, except ; prep.

out ; aj. outward ; superl. uz,-

^arosto.

uj^^e, uz,e, av. outside, without, u^-gang, sm. outlet. uz,-gangan, sv. VII, go out. uz,-ne'man, sv. IV, to take out. uz.-we'rphan, sv. Ill, throw out.

W.

wabar-siuni, sn. sight, spectacle, waffan, wafan, sn. weapon. waffanen, wafanen, wv. I, arm. waga, sf. balance, wan, inj. ah ! oh ! wahi, aj. beautiful, good.

M 3

i66

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

gi-wahan, sv. VI, c. gen. mention,

think of. wahhen, wachen, wachan, wv.

Ill, watch, wake, wahsan, sv. VI, grow, wahsmo, -num. fruit. wal, sm, whale. wald, sm. wood, forest, waltan, sv. VII, c. gen. rule, have

power over, waltant, sm. ruler, wamba, swf. womb, belly. wan, sm. opinion, expectation,

hope.

wana-heil, aj\ weak, wanan, wanana, av. interrog.

wherefore, whence, wanen, wannan, wv. I, believe,

hope, think, suppose, expect, wanga, wn. cheek, wanta, cj. because, for, since. war, sn. truth, war, wari, aj. true. war, av. where, wara, av. whither. wara, sf. truth ; in wara, truly, warg, warch, sm. evildoer. war-lihho, av. verily, truly, there- fore.

warnissi, sn. truth. wartil, sm. watchman, overseer. wasal, sn. rain, wasso, av. sharply, wassida, sf. sharpness. waten, wv. I, clothe, dress, wasj, pr. nettt. what, waz^ar, sn. water, wa^ar-faz,, sn. water-pot we (gen. wewes), sn. woe, pain,

sorrow. we, inj. woe ! weban, sv. V, weave, wedar, pr. whether, which of two. weg, sm. way. wege-fart, sf. journey, wegan, sv. V, weigh, ponder,

judge ; wegan scln, c. gen.

become conscious of, perceive

clearly, wehsal, smn. change, exchange,

course.

weidenon, wv. II, pasture, hunt, weigen, wv. I, trouble, fatigue,

torment.

weiso, wm. orphan, weiz., see wiz.z.an. wecken, wechan, iw. I, awake,

wake up, stir up. we'lih, pr. interrog. who ; indef.

anyone, someone, wellen, welen, wv. I, choose, wenag, wenig, aj. lamentable,

miserable, wretched, wenken, wv. I, totter, waver, be

wanting.

wenten (pret. wanta), wv. I, turn, weo, wuo, av. interrog. how. wer (wie), pr. interrog. who ;

indef. anyone, weralt, sf. world, werban, sv. Ill, turn, return, werdan, sv. Ill, become, be,

happen.

wergin, av. anywhere, somewhere, werkon, wv. II, do, work, bring

about.

werk, werch, sn. work, deed. werolt = weralt, world; zi we-

rolti, for ever; fon werolti,

from the beginning of the world, werolt-rehtwis, aj. just; subst.pl.

pious people in the world, werphan, werphen, werpfan, sv.

Ill, throw.

werran, sv. Ill, bring into con- fusion, werren, werien, wv. I, hinder,

defend.

gi-werri, sn. sedition, rebellion, wesan, sv. V, be. wessis, pret. subj. 2. sg. of

wi^zan.

wib, wip, sn. wife, woman, widar, prep. c. ace. against, for.

GLOSSARY.

167

widari, av. again, back.

widar-sahho, ?vm. enemy.

widar-werban, sv, III, return.

wie = wer.

wiellh, pr. .what sort of.

wig, wic, wihc, smn. battle, war.

wig-stat, wicstat, sf. place of

battle.

wig-salig, aj. victorious, wih, aj. holy.

wihen, wo. I, hallow, bless, praise, wih-rouh, sm. incense, wih-rouh-brunst, sf. incense, wiht, sn. aught, thing, being,

creature, wil, see wollen. willo, willeo, willio, wm. will,

wish.

win, sm. wine, winistar, aj. sinister, left ; in sina

winistra, on the left of him. winnan, sv. Ill, toil, fight, wint, sm. wind. wio, av. in any way. wio-Hh, pr. what sort of ( = Lat.

qualis).

wirdig, aj. worthy, wirken, iw. I, work, perform, wiro, av. worse, wirsiro, aj. cornp. worse ; superl.

wirsisto. wirt, sm. husband, wis, wisi, aj. wise, knowing, ex- perienced ; wis wesan, c. gen.

to know a thing, wisen, wlssan, iw. I, show, J

guide.

wison, wv. II, c. gen. visit, wist, sf. sustenance. wis-tuom,wisduam, sm. wisdom,

knowledge. wiz,, aj. white, wizago, wm. prophet. wiz,agon, wv. II, prophesy. wl^ogo = wizago. wiz.z.an, pret.-pres. know ; pres.

i. 3. sg. weiz..

wiz.z.anto, av. knowingly. wizzi, sf. wizzi, sn. knowledge,

understanding

wiz.z.ijWiz.i, sn. punishment, hell. wiz,z,6d, smn. law. •wola, av. well ; wola tuon, do

good.

wolago, inj. well ! ah ! wola-thenken, wv. I, be well

disposed.

wola-queti, sn. salutation, wolar, inj. well ! wolcan, sn. cloud, wollen, v. anom. will, be willing ;

pres. i. sg. wil ; pret. sg. wolta. wonen, wv. Ill, remain, dwell,

abide ; pret. woneta, wonata. worolt-ring, sm. circle of the

world, worolt-liuti, pi. people in the

world, people. worolt-sacha, sf. affair or concern

of this world, wort, sn. word, wunnia, sf. meadow-land, wont, aj. wounded, wuntar, sn. wonder, miracle. wuntaron, wv. II, wonder, be

amazed ; pret. pi. wuntorotun,

•wnntrotun. wuo, av. how. wuofan, wuoffan, sv. VII, lament,

mourn, weep for. wuoft, sm. a weeping, wuostinna, sf. desert. wurken, wirken, wv. I (pret.

worhta, worahta), perform,do. wurt, sf. fate, lot. wurz, sf. herb, plant ; ace. pi.

wnrci.

Y.

yrforhten, yforahten = ir-forht-

en, be afraid, yrfurben, see ir-furben. yrscein, pret. 3. sg. of ir-sclnan. yrsuaht, pp. of ir-suohhen.

i68

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER.

Z, C (before i, e).

za, ze, prep. c. dat. instr. at, to ; za diu, with the intention.

zahar, sin. tear.

zala, zaala, sf. danger.

zala, czala, sf. number.

zan, sm. tooth.

zeigon, wv. II, show.

zeihhan, zeichan, sn. sign, token.

zeinen, wv. I, mark, show.

zeinon, wv. II, show, mark.

zellen, zellan, wv. I, count, ascribe, relate, tell.

zeman, gizeman, sv. IV, impers. be befitting, be meet.

cenim, dat. pi. of zan.

zesawa, wf. right hand.

zeso, aj. right ( =Lat. dexter) ; in zeso, on the right hand.

ci, zi, prep. = za ; zi noti, neces- sarily ; zi wara, of a truth, truly.

ziaren, wv. I, adorn.

zihan, sv. I, say something of one, accuse.

zilon, wv. II, endeavour, under- take.

zimbron, wv. II, build.

zins, sm. tax.

zi-samana, av. together.

zi-sllz.ijan, sv. I, tear, rend.

zi-spreiten, wv. I, scatter, dis- perse.

zit, gizit, cit, sf. time, hour.

ziu = zi wiu, to what purpose, wherefore, why.

zi-werphan, sv. Ill, destroy.

zwelga (zuelga), sf. branch.

zwiski, aj. twofold ; tmtar in swisgen, among themselves, one to another.

zunga, wf. tongue, language. •

zunzan, prep. c. ace. until, as far as.

zuo-helpha, sf. help, aid.

zuomig, aj. empty.

zuo-wart, aj. future.

zwehon, zuehon, wv. II, doubt.

zwene, num. two.

zwival, sm. doubt.

PROPER NAMES.

Aaron, sm. Aaron. Abel, sin. Abel. Abraham, sm. Abraham. Alexander,^;/. Alexandres, sm.

Alexander. Andreas, dat. Andrese, sm.

Andrew. Barabbas, ace. Barabbasan,

Barabban, sm. Barabbas. Barachias,^;^. Barachiases, sm.

Barachias.

Bethania, sf. Bethany. Bethleem, Bethlehem. Bethsaida, sf. Bethsaida. David, sm. David. Ebraisc, aj. Hebrew ; dat. sg.

fern, ebraisgon. Elias, gen. Eliases, sm. Elias. Elisabeth, Elysabeth (Helisa-

beth), sf. Elisabeth. Fariseus = Phariseus. Franko, Vranko, wm. a Franc. Frenkisg, aj. Franconian. Gabriel, sm. Gabriel. Galilea, sf.,gen. Galileee, Galilee. Golgotha, sf. Golgotha. Heilant, sm. Saviour. Helias, sm.,gen. Heliases, Elias. Herod, sm. Herod. Hierusalem, Jerusalem ; dat.

(abl.} pi. Hierusolimis. Hludwig, sm. Ludwig, Lewis. Israhel, sm. Israel; gen. pi. Isra-

helo. Jacob, Jacobus, sm. Jacob; gen.

Jacobes. Jonas, sm. Jonas ; gen. Jonases.

Johannes, sm. John; ace. Johan-

nem. Joseph, sm. Joseph; gen. Josebes,

dat. Josebe. Judas, sm. Judas. Judeisg, aj. Jewish. Judei, Judon, nom. pi. Jews ;

gen. pi. Judeno, Judeono,

Judono ; dat. pi. Judein, Ju-

daein, Judeis. Kaiphas, sm. Caiaphas. Karleman, sm. Charlemagne. Cireneus, aj. of Cyrene ; ace.

Cireneum. Cleopas, sm. Cleophas ; gen.

Cleopases.

Kriachi, srn.pl. Greeks. Criechisc, aj. Greek ; dat. sg.

fern. Criehisgon. Krist, Crist, Christ, sm. Christ. Latinise, aj. Latin ; dat. sg. fan .

Latinisgon. Lazarus, sm. Lazarus ; ace. Laza-

rusan. Magdalenisc, Magdalenisg, aj.

of Magdala.

Macedonia, sf. Macedonia. Maria, wf. Mary. Martha, wf. Martha. Medi, masc. pi. Medes. Messias, sm. Messiah. Nazarenisc, Nazarensig, aj. of

Nazareth.

Nazareth, Nazareth. Nine vise, aj. of Nineveh. Northman, sm. Nor man. Persi, nom. pi. Persians.

170

PROPER NAMES.

Pharisseus, Fariseus, sm. Phari- see; nom.pl. Pharisei; dat.pl. Phariseis, Pharisein.

Philippus, sm. Philip ; dot. Philippe.

Pilatus, sm. Pilate; dot. Pila- tuse ; ace. Pilatum.

Rufus, sm. Rufus ; gen. Rufusee.

Romani, nom.pl. Romans.

Salamon, sm. Solomon ; gen. Salamones.

Samaria, sf. Samaria ; gen. Sa- mariae ; dat. Samariu ; ace. S amariam.

Samaritani, nom. pi. Samaritans ;

gen.pl. Samaritanorum ; dat.

pi. Samaritanis. Samaritanisc, Samaritanisg, aj.

of Samaria. Satana^, sm. Satan. Scarioth, sm. Iscariot. Simon, sm. Simon. Syria, sf. Syria ; dat. sing. Syriu. Theophilus, sm. Theophilus ; voc.

Theophile. Thomas, sm. Thomas. Zacharias, sm. Zacharias; gen.

Zachariases ; ace. Zachariam. Zebedeus, Zebedee ; gen. Zebe-

deen, Zebetheen.

L

By the same Author,

Extra f cap. 8vo., cloth limp, 35. 6d.

A

MIDDLE HIGH-GERMAN PRIMER

WITH

GRAMMAR, NOTES, AND GLOSSARY

BY

JOSEPH WRIGHT, Pn.D.

CONTENTS.

GRAMMAR (pp. 1-38). TEXTS (pp. 39-98).

I. Berthold von Regensburg. II. The Swabian Lantrehtbuoch.

III. Hartman von Ouwe.

IV. Walther von der Vogelweide. V. Das Nibelungen-lied,

NOTES (pp. 99-102). GLOSSARY (pp. 103-124).

HENRY FROWDE OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE, AMEN CORNER

April, 1888.

Cfee ClarenDon Press, SDrforD, LIST OF SCHOOL BOOKS,

PUBLISHED FOR THE UNIVERSITY BY

HENRY PIIOWDE,

AT THE OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE, AMEN CORNER, LONDON.

V* A II Books are bound in Cloth, unless otherwise described.

LATIN. Allen. An Elementary Latin Grammar. By J. BARROW ALLEN, M.A.

Fifty-seventh Thousand Extra fcap. 8vo. vs. 6d.

Allen. Rudimenta Latina. By the same Author. Extra fcap. 8vo. 2 s. Allen. A First Latin Exercise Book. By the same Author. Fourth

Edition Extra fcap. 8vo. 25. 6d.

Allen. A Second Latin Exercise Book. By the same Author.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 3$. 6d . [A Key to First and Second Latin Exercise Books nearly ready.}

Jerram. Anglice Reddenda; or Extracts, Latin and Greek, for Unseen Translation. By C. S. JERRAM, M.A. Fourth Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. f>d.

Jerram. Anglice Reddenda. SECOND SERIES. By C. S. JERRAM, M.A.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 35.

Jerram. Reddenda Minora ; or, Easy Passages, Latin and Greek, for Unseen Translation. For the use of Lower Forms. Composed and selected

by C. S. JERRAM, M.A Extra fcap. 8vo. is. 6d.

Lee-Warner. Hints and Helps for Latin Elegiacs.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 35. 6d. [A Key is provided '. for Teachers only. ]

Lewis and Short. A Latin Dictionary, founded on Andrews' Edition of Freund's Latin Dictionary. By CHARLTON T. LEWIS, Ph.D., and CHARLES

SHORT, LL.D 4to. 25*.

KTuans. First Latin Reader. By T. J. NUNNS, M.A. Third Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 25.

Papillon. A Manual of Comparative Philology as applied to the Illustra- tion of Greek and Latin Inflections. By T. L. PAPILLON, M.A. Third Edition.

Crown 8vo. 6s.

Ramsay. Exercises in Latin Prose Composition. With Introduction, Notes, and Passages of graduated difficulty for Translation into Latin. By G. G. RAMSAY, M.A., Professor of Humanity, Glasgow. Second Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 4$. 6d. Sargent. Passages for Translation into Latin. By J. Y. SARGENT,

M.A. Seventh Edition Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d.

[A key to this Edition is provided : for Teachers only.}

[1]

CLARENDON PRESS

Caesar. The Commentaries (for Schools). With Notes and Maps. By CHARLES E. MOBERLY, M.A. Part I. The Gallic War. Second Edition. . . Extra fcap. 8vo. 4*. 6d.

Part II. The Civil War. Extra fcap. 8vo. y. 6d.

The Civil War. Book I. Second Edition. . . Extra fcap. 8vo. aj.

Catulli Veroneusis Carmina Selecta, secundum recognitionem

ROBINSON ELLIS, A.M. . . . . . . Extra fcap. 8vo. y. 6d.

Cicero. Selection of interesting and descriptive passages. With Notes. By HENRY WALFORD, M.A. In three Parts. Third Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. i,s. 6d.

Part I. Anecdotes front Grecian and Roman History. . limp, is. 6d. Part II. Omens and Dreams ; Beauties of Nature. . . limp, is. 6d.

fait III. Rome's Rule of her Provinces limp, T.S. 6d.

Cicero. De Senectute. With Introduction and Notes. By LEONARD

HUXLEY, B. A. In one or two Parts . . . . Extra fcap. 8vo. 2*.

Cicero. Pro Cluentio. With Introduction and Notes. By W. RAMSAY,

M.A. Editedby G.G.RAMSAY, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. 3*. 6d.

Cicero. Selected Letters (for Schools). With Notes. By the late C. E. PRICHARD, M.A., and E. R. BERNARD, M.A. Second Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 3*.

Cicero. Select Orations (for Schools). First Action against Verres ; Oration concerning the command of Gnaeus Pompeius ; Oration on behalf of Archias; Ninth Philippic Oration. With Introduction and Notes. By ]. R. KING, M.A. Second Edition Extra fcap. 8vo. 2$. 6d.

Cicero. In Q. Caecilium Divinatio and In C. Verrem Actio Prima.

With Introduction and Notes. By ]. R. KING, M.A.

Extra fcap. 8vo. limp, is. 6d, Cicero. Speeches against Catilina. With Introduction and Notes. By

E. A. UPCOTT, M.A. In one or two Parts. . . Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d.

Cicero. Philippic Orations. With Notes, &c. by J. R. KING, M.A. Second Edition 8vo. los. 6d.

Cicero. Select Letters. With English Introductions, Notes, and Ap- pendices. By ALBERT WATSON, M.A, Third Edition. . . . 8vo. i&r.

Cicero. Select Letters. Text. By the same Editor. Second Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 4*.

Cornelius Nepos. With Notes. By OSCAR BROWNING, M.A.

Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d.

Horace. With a Commentary. Volume I. The Odes Carmen Seculare, and Epodes. By EDWARD C. WICKHAM, M.A., Head Master of Wellington College. New Edition. In one or two Parts. Extra fcap. 8vo. 6*.

Horace. Selected Odes. With Notes for the use of a Fifth Form. By E. C. WICKHAM, M.A. In one or two Parts. . . Extra fcap. 8vo. zs.

Juvenal. XIII Satires. Edited, with Introduction, Notes, etc., by

C. H. PEARSON, M.A., and H. A. STRONG, M.A. . . . Crown 8vo. 6s.

Or separately, Text and Introduction, 35. ; Note's, 35. 6d.

tivy. Selections (for Schools). With Notes and Maps. By H. LEE- WARNER, M.A. . • Extra fcap. 8vo

Part I. The Caudine Disaster. ...... limp, is. 6d.

Part II. HannibdPs Campaign in Italy. .... limp, is. 6d.

Part III. The Macedonian War. limp, w. 6d.

LIST OF SCHOOL BOOKS.

llvy. Book I. With Introduction, Historical Examination, and Notes. By J. R. SEELEY M.A. Second Edition 8vo. 6*.

Livy. Books V—VIL With Introduction and Notes. By A. R.CLUER, B.A. Second Edition. Revised by P. E. MATHESON, M.A. In one or two parts. Extra fcap. 8vo. 55.

Livy. Books XXI— XXIII. With Introduction and Notes. By M. T. TATHAM, M.A Extra fcap. 8vo. 4*. 6d.

Ovid. Selections (for the use of Schools). With Introductions and Notes, and an Appendix on the Roman Calendar. By W. RAMSAY, MA. Edited by G. G. RAMSAY, M.A. Third Edition. . Extra fcap. 8vo. 55. 6d.

Ovid. Tristia, Book I. Edited by S. G. OWEN, B.A.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 3$. f>d,

Fersins. The Satires. With Translation and Commentary by J. CONINGTON, M.A., edited by H. NETTLESHIP, M.A. Second Edition.

8vo. 75. 6d.

Plautus. Captivi. With Introduction and Notes. By W. M. LINDSAY, M.A. In one or two Parts. . . Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d.

Plautus. Trinummus. With Notes and Introductions. By C. E. FREEMAN, M.A. and A. SLOMAN, M.A Extra fcap. 8vo. 3*.

Pliny. Selected Letters (for Schools). With Notes. By the late C. E. PRICHARD, M.A., and E. R. BERNARD, M.A. New Edition. In one or two Parts. Extra fcap. 8vo. y.

Sallust. Bettum Catilinarium and fugurthinum. With Introduc- tion and Notes, by W. W. CAPES, M.A. . . . Extra fcap. 8vo. 4*. 6<£

Tacitus. The Annals. Books I — IV. Edited, with Introduction and Notes for the use of Schools and Junior Students, by H. FURNEAUX, M.A.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 5*.

Tacitus. The Annals. Book I. By the same Editor.

Extra fcap. 8vo. limp, 25.

Terence. Adelphi. With Notes and Introductions. By A. SLOMAN, M.A Extra fcap. 8vo. y.

Terence. Andria. With Notes and Introductions. By C. E. FREEMAN, M.A., and A. SLOMAN, M.A Extra fcap. 8vo. 3$.

Terence. Phormio. With Notes and Introductions. By A. SLOMAN, M.A Extra fcap. 8vo. 3$.

Tibullus and Propertius. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by G. G. RAMSAY, M.A. In one or two Parts. . . . Extra fcap. 8vo. 6s.

Virgil. With Introduction and Notes, by T. L. PAPILLON, M.A. In Two Volumes. . . . Crown 8vo. ios. 6d. ; Text separately, 45. (>d.

Virgil. Bucolics. With Introduction and Notes, by C. S. JERRAM, M.A. In one or two Parts. Extra fcap. 8vo. 2$. 6d.

Virgil. Aeneidl. With Introduction and Notes, by C. S. JERRAM, M.A.

Extra fcap. 8vo. limp^ is. 6d.

Virgil. Aeneid IX. Edited with Introduction and Notes, by A. E. HAIGH, M.A. . . . Extra fcap 8vo. limp T.S. 6d. In two Parts, zs.

CLARENDON PRESS

GREEK.

Chandler. The Elements of Greek Accentuation (for Schools).

By H. W. CHANDLER, M.A. Second Edition. . Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d. Liddell and Scott. A Greek-English Lexicon, by HENRY GEORGE

LIDDELL, D.D., and ROBERT SCOTT, D.D. Seventh Edition. . 410. 36*. Iiiddell and Scott. A Greek-English Lexicon, abridged from LIDDELL

and SCOTT'S 4to. edition, chiefly for the use of Schools. Twenty-first Edition.

Square tamo. 75. 6d. Veitch. Greek Verbs, Irregular and Defective : their forms, meaning,

and quantity ; embracing all the Tenses used by Greek writers, with references

to the passages in which they are found. By W. VEITCH, LL.D. Fmirth Edition.

Crown 8vo. IDS. 6d. Wordsworth. Graecae Grammaticae Rudimenta in usum Scholarum.

Auctore CAROLO WORDSWORTH, D.C.L. Nineteenth Edition. . i2mo. 45.

Wordsworth. A Greek Primer, for the use of beginners in that Language. By the Right Rev. CHARLES WORDSWORTH, D.C.L., Bishop of St. Andrew's. Seventh Edition Extra fcap. 8vo. is. 6d.

Wright. The Golden Treasury of Ancient Greek Poetry ; being a Collection of the finest passages in the Greek Classic Poets, with Introductory Notices and Notes. By R. S. WRIGHT, M. A. . . New edition in the Press.

Wright and Shadwell. A Golden Treasury of Greek Prose ; being a Collection of the finest passages in the principal Greek Prose Writers, with Introductory Notices and Notes. By R. S. WRIGHT, M.A., and J. E. L. SHAD- WELL, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. 45. 6d,

A SERIES OF GRADUATED READERS.—

Easy Greek Reader. By EVELYN ABBOTT, M.A. In one or two

Parts Extra fcap. 8vo. 3$ .

First Greek Reader. By W. G. RUSHBROOKE, M.L., Second

Classical Master at the City of London School. Second Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d.

Second Greek Reader. By A. M. BELL, M.A.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 35. 6d.

Fourth Greek Reader ; being Specimens of Greek Dialects. With Introductions and Notes. By W. W. MERRY, D.D., Rector of Lincoln College Extra fcap. 8vo. 4$. 6d.

Fifth Greek Reader. Selections from Greek Epic and Dramatic Poetry, with Introductions and Notes. By EVELYN ABBOTT, M.A.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 45. 6d.

THE GREEK TESTAMENT.-

Evangfelia Sacra Graece. . . . Fcap. 8vo. limp, is. 6d.

The Greek Testament, with the Readings adopted by the Revisers of

the Authorised Version.

Fcap. 8vo. 45. 6d. ; or on writing paper, with wide margin, 155.

Novum Testamentum Graece juxta Exemplar Millianum.

i8mo. 2S. 6d. ; or on writing paper, with large margin, 9$.

LIST OF SCHOOL BOOKS.

SSTovum Testamentum Graece. Accedunt parallela S. Scripturae

loca, necnon vetus capitulorum notatio et canones Eusebii. Edidit CAROLUS

LLOYD, S.T.P.R., necnon Episcopus Oxoniensis.

i8mo. y. ; or on writing paper, with large margin, zos. 6d. The New Testament in Greek and English. Edited by E.

CARDWELL, D.D^ ..».».». 2 vols. crown 8vo; 6*. A Greek Testament Primer. An Easy Grammar and Reading

Book for the use of Students beginning Greek. By REV. E. MILLER, M.A.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 3$. 6rf. Outlines of Textual Criticism applied to the New Testament.

By C. E. HAMMOND, M.A. Fourth Edition. . . Extra fcap. 8vo. 3*. 6d.

Aeschylus. Agamemnon. With Introduction and Notes, by ARTHUR

SIDGWICK, M.A. Third Edition. In one or two Parts . Extra fcap. 8vo. 3*. Aeschylus. Choephoroi. With Introduction and Notes, by the same

Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo. 31.

Aeschylus. Eumenides. With Introduction and Notes, by the same

Editor. In one or two Parts. Extra fcap. 8vo. 3$.

Aeschylus. Prometheus Bound. With Introduction and Notes, by

A. O. PRICKARD, M.A. Second Edition. . . . Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. Aristophanes. The Clouds. With Introduction and Notes, by W. W.

MERRY, D.D. Second Edition Extra fcap. 8vo. zs.

Aristophanes. The Acharnians. By the same Editor. Third

Edition. In one or two Parts Extra fcap. 8vo. 3$.

Aristophanes. The Frogs. By the same Editor. New Edition. In

one or two Parts Extra fcap. 8vo. 35.

Aristophanes. The Knights. By the same Editor. In one or two

Parts Extra fcap. 8vo. 3*.

Cebes. Tabula. With Introduction and Notes, by C. S. JERRAM, M.A.

Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d. Demosthenes. Orations against Philip. With Introduction and Notes.

By EVELYN ABBOTT, M.A., and P. E. MATHESON, M.A., Vol. I. Philippic I

and Olynthiacs I — ///. In one or two Parts. . . . Extra fcap. 8vo. 3$.

Euripides. Alcestis. By C. S. JERRAM, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. is. 6d. Euripides. Helena. By the same Editor. . Extra fcap. 8vo. %s.

Euripides. Iphigenia in Tauris. With Introduction and Notes. By the

same Editor. . . . ^ . . . . . . Extra fcap. 8vo. 3*.

Euripides. Medea. With Introduction, Notes and Appendices. By

C. B. HEBERDEN, M.A. In one or two Parts. . . Extra fcap. 8 vo. 2 s. Herodotus. Book IX. Edited with Notes, by EVELYN ABBOTT,

M.A. In one or two Parts Extra fcap. 8vo. 3$.

Herodotus. Selections. Edited, with Introduction, Notes, and a Map,

by W. W. MERRY, D.D Extra fcap. 8vo. is. 6d.

Homer. Iliad, Books I -XII. With an Introduction, a brief

Homeric Grammar, and Notes. By D. B. MONRO, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. 6s. Homer. Iliad, Book I. By the same Editor. Third Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. Homer. Iliad, Books VI and XXI. With Notes, &c. By HERBERT

HAILSTONE, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. is. 6d. each.

CLARENDON PRESS

Homer. Odyssey, Books I-XII. By W. W. MERRY, D.D. New

Edition. In one or two Parts Extra fcap. 8vo. 5$.

Homer. Odyssey, Books XIII-XXIV. By the same Editor. Second Edition Extra fcap. 8vo. 5*.

Homer. Odyssey, Books I and II. By the same Editor.

Extra fcap. 8vo. each is. 6d.

Lucian. Vera Historia. By C. S. JERRAM, M.A. Second Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. is. 6d. Plato. The Apology. With a revised Text and English Notes, and a

Digest of Platonic Idioms, by JAMES RIDDELL, M.A. . . 8vo. 8s. 6d. Plato. The Apology. With Introduction and Notes. By ST. GEORGE

STOCK, M.A. In one or two Parts Extra fcap. 8vo. 25. 6d.

Plato. Meno. With Introduction and Notes. By ST. GEORGE STOCK,

M.A. In one or two Parts. . . . . . Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d.

Sophocles. (For the use of Schools.) Edited with Introductions and English Notes by LEWIS CAMPBELL, M.A., and EVELYN ABBOTT, M.A. New

and Revised Edition. 2 Vols Extra fcap. 8vo. tos . 6d.

Sold separately, Vol. I. Text, 4*. 6d. Vol. II. Notes, 6*.

I& Also in single Plays. Extra fcap. 8v0. limp, Oedipus Tyrannus, Philoctetes. New and Revised Edition, 25. each.

Oedipus Coloneus, Antigone, is. gd. each. Ajaxt Electro,, Trachiniae. 25. each.

Sophocles. Oedipus Rex: Dindorf's Text, with Notes by W. BASIL JONES, D.D., Lord Bishop of S. David's. . Extra fcap. 8vo. limp, is. 6d. Theocritus. Edited, with Notes, by H. KYN ASTON, D.D. (late SNOW), Head Master of Cheltenham College. Fourth Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 45. 6d.

Zenophon. Easy Selections (for Junior Classes). With a Vocabulary, Notes, and Map. By J. S. PHILLPOTTS, B.C.L., Head Master of Bedford School, and C. S. JERRAM, M.A. Third Edition. . Extra fcap. 8vo. 35. 6d.

Zeuophon. Selections (for Schools). With Notes and Maps. By

J. S. PHILLPOTTS, B.C.L. Fourth Edition. . . Extra fcap. 8vo. 3$; 6d. Zenophou. Anabasis, Book I. With Notes and Map. By J. MARSHALL,

M.A., Rector of the High School, Edinburgh. . . Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d. Zenophon. Anabasis, Book II. With Notes and Map. By C. S.

JERRAM, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. 2*.

Xenophon. Cyropaedia, Books IV, V. With Introduction and Notes,

by C. BIGG, D.D Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d.

ENGLISH.

Beading1 Books.

A First Reading Book. By MARIE EICHENS of Berlin ; edited

by ANNE J. CLOUGH Extra fcap. 8vo. stiff covers, 4^,

— Oxford Reading Book, Part I. For Little Children.

Extra fcap. 8vo. stiff covers, 6d,

Oxford Reading Book, Part II. For Junior Classes.

Extra fcap. 8vo. stiff' covers, 6d.

LIST OF SCHOOL BOOKS.

Skeat. A Concise Etymological Dictionary of the English Language.

By W. W. SKEAT, Litt. D. Third Edition. . . . Crown 8vo. 55. 6d. Tancock. An Elementary English Grammar and Exercise Book.

By O. W. TANCOCK, M.A., Head Master of King Edward VI's School, Norwich.

Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. is. f>d±

Tancock. An English Grammar and Reading Book, for Lower

Forms in Classical Schools. By O. W. TANCOCK, M.A. Fourth Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 3$. 6d.

Skeat. The Principles of English Etymology. First Series. By W. W. SKEAT, Litt. D Crown 8vo. gs.

Earle. The Philology of the English Tongue. By J. EARLE, M.A.,

Professor of Anglo-Saxon. Fourth Edition. -. . Extra fcap. 8vo. ^s. (>d. Earle. A Book for the Beginner in Anglo-Saxon. By the same Author.

Third Edition Extra fcap. 8vo. 2*. 6d.

Sweet. An Anglo-Saxon Primer, with Grammar, Notes, and Glossary. By HENRY SWEET, M.A. Third Edition. . . Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d. Sweet. An Anglo-Saxon Reader. In Prose and Verse. With Gram- matical Introduction, Notes, and Glossary. By the same Author. Fourth Edition, Revised and Enlarged. .... Extra fcap. 8vo. 8s. 6d. Sweet. A Second Anglo-Saxon Reader. By the same Author.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 45. (>d. Sweet. Anglo-Saxon Reading Primers.

I. Selected Homilies of JElfric. Extra fcap. 8vo. stiff covers, is. 6d,

II. Extracts from Alfred's Orosius. Extra fcap. 8vo. stiff covers, is. 6d.

Sweet. First Middle English Primer, with Grammar and Glossary.

By the same Author. . Extra fcap. 8vo. vs.

Sweet. Second Middle English Primer. Extracts from Chaucer, with Grammar and Glossary. By the same Author. . . Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. Morris and Skeat. Specimens of Early English. A New and Re- vised Edition. With Introduction, Notes, and Glossarial Index. By R. MORRIS, LL.D., and W. W. SKEAT, Litt. D. Part I. From Old English Homilies to King Horn (A.D. 1150 to A.D. 1300).

Second Edition Extra fcap. 8vo. 91.

Part II. From Robert of Gloucester to Gower (A.D. 1298 to A.D. 1393). Third- Edition '. Extra fcap. 8vo. 75. (>d.

Skeat. Specimens of English Literature, from the ' Ploughmans Crede' to the ' Shepheardes Calender" (A.D. 1394 to A.D. 1579). With Intro- duction, Notes, and Glossarial Index. By W. W. SKEAT, Litt.D. Fourth Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. js. 6d.

Typical Selections from the best English Writers, with Intro- ductory Notices. Second Edition. In Two Volumes. Vol. I. Latimer to Berkeley. Vol. II. Pope to Macaulay. . . Extra fcap. 8vo. 3$. 6d. each.

A SERIES OF ENGLISH CLASSICS.—

Langland. The Vision of William concerning Piers the Plowman, by WILLIAM LANGLAND. Edited by W. W. SKEAT, Litt. D. Fourth Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 41. 6d.

Chaucer. I. The Prologue to the Canterbury Tales ; The Knightes Tale; The Nonne Prestes Tale. Edited by R. MORRIS, LL.D. Fifty-first Thousand. Extra fcap. 8vo. vs. 6d.

8

CLARENDON PRESS

Chaucer. II. The Prioresses Tale ; Sir Thopas ; The Monkes Tale ; TheClerkes Tale; The Squieres Tale, $c. Edited by W.W. SKEAT, LittD. Third Edition Extra fcap. 8vo. 4$. 6d.

Chaucer. III. The Tale of 'the Man of Lawe ; The Pardoneres Tale ; The Second Nonnes Tale; The Chanouns Yemannes Tale. By the same Editor. New Edition, Revised Extra fcap. 8vo. 45. 6d.

Gamelyn, The Tale of. Edited by W. W. SKEAT, Litt. D.

Extra fcap. 8vo. stiff covers, is. 6d.

Minot. The Poems of Laurence Minot. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by JOSEPH HALL, M.A. . . . Extra fcap, 8vo. 4$. 6d.

Wycliffe. The New Testament in English, according to the Version by JOHN WYCLIFFE, about A.D. 1380, and Revised by JOHN PURVEY, about A.D. 1388. With Introduction and Glossary by W. W. SKEAT, Litt. D.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 6s.

Wycliffe. The Books of Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Solomon : according to the Wycliffite Version made by NICHOLAS DB HEREFORD, about A.D. 1381, and Revised by JOHN PURVEY, about A.D. 1388. With Introduction and Glossary by W.W. SKEAT, Litt.D. Extra fcap. 8vo. 3*. fid.

Spenser. The Faery Queene. Books I and II. Edited by G. W. KITCHIN, D.D.

Book I. Tenth Edition. .... Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d. Book II. Sixth Edition Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d.

Hooker. Ecclesiastical Polity, Book I. Edited by R. W. CHURCH, M. A., Dean of St. Paul's. Second Edition. . . . Extra fcap. 8vo. 2*.

Marlowe and Greene. — MARLOWE'S Tragical History of Dr. Faustus, and GREENE'S Honourable History of Friar Bacon and Friar Bungay. Edited by A. W. WARD, M.A. Second Edition. . Extra fcap. 8vo. 6s. 6d.

Marlowe. Edward 77. Edited by O. W. TANCOCK, M.A. Second

Edition Extra fcap. 8vo. Paper covers, zs. cloth, 3*.

Shakespeare. Select Plays. Edited by W. G. CLARK, M.A., and

W. ALOIS WRIGHT, M.A Extra fcap. 8vo. stiff" covers.

The Merchant of Venice, is. Macbeth, is. (>d.

Richard the Second, is. 6d. Hamlet, zs.

Edited by W. ALDIS WRIGHT, M.A.

The Tempest, is. 6d. Coriolanus. zs. 6d.

As You Like It. is. 6d. Richard the Third, zs. 6d.

A Midsummer Night's Dream, is. 6d. Henry the Fifth, zs. Twelfth Night. is.6d. King John. is.6d.

Julius Caesar, zs. King Lear* is. 6d.

Henry the Eighth (in the Press).

Shakespeare as a Dramatic Artist ; a popular Illustration of the Principles of Scientific Criticism. By RICHARD G. MOULTON, M.A.

Crown 8vo. 5*.

Bacon. I. Advancement of Learning. Edited by W. ALDIS WRIGHT, M.A. Third Edition Extra fcap. 8vo. 4*. 6d.

Bacon. II. The Essays. With Introduction and Notes. In Preparation.

LIST OF SCHOOL BOOKS.

Milton. I. Areopagitica. With Introduction and Notes. By JOHN W. HALES, M. A. Third Edition Extra fcap. 8vo. y

Milton. II. Poems. Edited by R. C. BROWNE, M.A. a vols. Fifth

Edition. . Extra fcap. 8vo. 6s. 6d. Sold separately, Vol. I. 4*., Vol. II. 3*.

In paper covers : — Lycidas, yl. L' Allegro, yl. II Penseroso, $d. Comus, 6d.

Milton. III. Paradise Lost. Book I. Edited with Notes, by H. C. BEECHING, M.A. . Extra fcap. 8vo. is. 6d. In white Parchment, y. 6d.

Milton. IV. Samson Agonistes. Edited with Introduction and Notes by JOHN CHURTON COLLINS. . . . Extra fcap. 8vo. stiff covers, is.

Clarendon. History of the Rebellion. Book VI. Edited with Introduction and Notes by T. ARNOLD, M.A. . Extra fcap. 8vo. 4$. 6d.

Bunyan. I. The Pilgrim's Progress, Grace Abounding, Relation of the Imprisonment of Mr. John Bunyan. Edited, with Biographical Intro- duction and Notes, by E. VKNABLES, M.A.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 5$. In -white Parchment, 6s.

Banyan. II. Holy War, &>c. By the same Editor. In the Press.

Dryden. Select Poems. — Stanzas on the Death of Oliver Cromwell ; Astraea Redux; Annus Mirabilis ; Absalom and Achitophel ; ReligioLaici; The Hind and the Panther. Edited by W. D. CHRISTIE, M.A.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 35. 6d.

Locke's Conduct of the Understanding. Edited, with Introduction, Notes, &c. by T. FOWLER, D.D. Second Edition. . . Extra fcap. 8vo. 2*.

Addison. Selections from Papers in the 'Spectator.' With Notes. By T. ARNOLD, M.A. . Extra fcap. 8vo. 4$. 6d. In white Parchment, 6s.

Steele. Selected Essays from the Tatler, Spectator, and Guardian. By AUSTIN DOBSON. . . Extra fcap. 8vo. 55. In white Parchment, 7$. 6d.

Berkeley. Select Works of Bishop Berkeley, with an Introduction and Notes, by A. C. FRASER, LL.D. Third Edition. . . Crown 8vo. 7*. 6d.

Pope. I. Essay on Man. Edited by MARK PATTISON, B.D. Sixth

Edition Extra fcap. 8vo. is. 6d.

Pope. II. Satires and Epistles. By the same Editor. Second Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 2S.

Parnell. The Hermit. Paper covers, 2d.

Johnson. I. Rasselas ; Lives of Dryden and Pope. Edited by ALFRED MILNES, M.A Extra fcap. 8vo. 4*. 6d.

Lives of Pope and Dryden Stiff cover sy 2s.d>d.

Johnson. II. Rasselas. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by G.BIRKBECK HILL, D.C.L. Extra fcap.Svo. limp,zs. In white Parchment, y.bd.

Johnson. III. Vanity of Human Wishes. With Notes, by E. J. PAYNE, M.A. Paper covers, 4<£

Johnson. IV. Life of Milton. Edited by C. H. FIRTH, M.A.

In the Press.

10

CLARENDON PRESS

Gray. Selected Poems. Edited by EDMUND GOSSE.

Extra fcap. 8vo. Stiff covers, is. 6d. /« white Parchment, 3*.

Gray. Elegy, and Ode on Eton College.

Paper covers, zd.

Goldsmith. Selected Poems. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by AUSTIN DOBSON ......... Extra fcap. 8vo. 35. 6d.

In white Parchment, 4$. 6d.

The. Deserted Village

Paper covers, id.

Gowper. I. The Didactic Poems of 1782, with Selections from the Minor Pieces, A.D. 1779-1783. Edited by H. T. GRIFFITH, B.A.

Extra fcap. 8vo. y.

Cowper. II. The Task, with Tirocinium, and Selections from the Minor Poems, A.D. 1784-1799. By the same Editor. Second Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 3*.

Burke. I. Thoughts on the Present Discontents ; the two Speeches on America. Edited by E. J. PAYNE, M.A. Second Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 4*. 6d.

Burke. II. Reflections on the French Revolution. By the same Editor. Second Edition ....... Extra fcap. 8vo. 55.

Burke. III. Four Letters on the Proposals for Peace with the Regicide Directory of France. By the same Editor. Second Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 55. Keats. Hyperion, Book I. With Notes, by W. T. ARNOLD, B.A.

Paper covers, $d.

Byron. Childe Harold. With Introduction and Notes, by H. F. TOZER, M.A. .... Extra fcap. 8vo. 3$. 6d. In white Parchment, 55.

Scott. Lay of the Last Minstrel. Edited with Preface and Notes by W. MINTO, M.A. With Map.

Extra fcap. 8vo. stiff covers, zs. In Ornamental Parchment, 35. 6d.

Scott. Lay of the Last Minstrel. Introduction and Canto I, with Preface and Notes by W. MINTO, M.A ..... Paper covers, 6d.

FRENCH AND ITALIAN.

Bracket. Etymological Dictionary of the French Language, with

on the Principles of French Etym G. W. KITCHIN, D.D., Dean of Winchester.

a Preface on the Principles of French Etymology. Translated into English by • ' r. Third Edition.

Crown 8vo. js. 6d.

Bracket. Historical Grammar of the French Language. Translated into English by G. W. KITCHIN, D.D. Fourth Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. y. 6d.

Saintsbury. Primer of French Literature. By GEORGE SAINTS- BURY, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. zs.

Saintsbury. Short History of French Literature. By the same Author Crown 8vo. los. 6d.

Saintsbury. Specimens of French Literature. . . Crown 8vo. 9*.

LIST OF SCHOOL BOOKS. 1 1

| Beatunarcliais. Le Barbier de Seville. With Introduction and Notes by AUSTIN DOBSON Extra fcap. 8vo. 25. 6d.

Blouet. L'Eloquence de la Chaire et de la Tribune Frangaises. Edited by PAUL BLOUET, B. A. (Univ. Gallic.). Vol. I. French Sacred Oratory.

Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d,

I Corneille. Horace. With Introduction and Notes by GEORGE SAINTSBURY, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d.

\ Corneille. Cinna. With Notes, Glossary, etc. By GUSTAVE MASSON,

B.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. stiff covers, is. 6d. cloth, 25.

! Gautier (Theophile). Scenes of Travel. Selected and Edited by G. SAINTSBURY, M.A Extra fcap. 8vo. zs.

\ Masson. Louis XIV and his Contemporaries ; as described in Ex- tracts from the best Memoirs of the Seventeenth Century. With English Notes, Genealogical Tables, &c. By GUSTAVE MASSON, B.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d.

Moliere. Les Precieuses Ridicules. With Introduction and Notes by ANDREW LANG, M.A. . . . . . . Extra fcap. 8vo. is. 6d.

Moliere. Les Femmes Savantes. With Notes, Glossary, etc. By GUSTAVE MASSON, B.A. . Extra fcap. 8vo. stiff covers, T.S. 6d. cloth, zs.

Moliere. Les Fourberies de Scapin. \ With Voltaire's Life of Moliere. By

•R HOT -HP. AthnKe GUSTAVE MASSON, B.A.

Racine. AthaUe. \ Extra fcap. 8vo. 2*. 6</.

Moliere. Les Fourberies de Scapin. With Voltaire's Life of Moliere. By GUSTAVE MASSON, B.A. . . Extra fcap. 8vo. stiff 'covers^ u. 6d.

Mnsset. On ne badine pas avec V Amour, and Fantasia. With Introduction, Notes, etc., by WALTER HERRIES POLLOCK. Extra fcap. 8vo. zs.

NOVELETTES :—

Zavier de Maistre. Voyage autour de ma Chambre. \ Madame de Duras. Ourika. By GUSTAVE

Erckmann-CHatrian.Z* Vieux Tailleur. lM

Alfred de Viffny. La VeilUe de Vincennes. Hg

Edmond About. Les JumeauxdeVHdtel Corneille. \2S. 6d. Bodolphe Topflfer. Mesaventures d'un £colier. } Voyage autour de ma Chambre, separately, limp, is. 6d.

Quinet. Lettres a sa Mere. Edited by G. SAINTSBURY, M.A.

Extra fcap. 8vo. zs.

Racine. Esther. Edited by G. SAINTSBURY, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. 2 s. Racine. Andromaque. \ W^th Louis Racine's Life of his Father. By Corneille. Le Menteur. \ 3usTAVE MASSON« B'A' Extra fcap. 8vo. 2, ^

Reg-nard. . . Le foueur. ) By GUSTAVE MASSON, B.A.

Brueys and Palaprat. Le Grandeur. \ Extra fcap. 8vo. 2^. 6d.

1 2 CLARENDON PRESS

Sainte-Beuve. Selections from the Causeries du Lundi. Edited by G. SAINTSBURY, M.A . Extra fcap. 8vo. 25.

Sevigne. Selections from the Correspondence of Madame de Sevig-ne and her chief Contemporaries. Intended more especially for Girls' Schools. By GUSTAVE MASSON, B.A Extra fcap. 8vo. 31,

Voltaire. Merope. Edited by G. SAINTSBURY, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. 2*.

Dante. Selections from the ' Inferno? With Introduction and Notes, by H. B. COTTERILL, B.A Extra fcap. 8vo. 4*. 6d.

Tasso. La Gerusalemme Liberata. Cantos i, ii. With Introduction and Notes, by the same Editor. . . , . Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d,

GERMAN, GOTHIC, ICELANDIC, &c.

Buciiheim. Modern German Reader. A Graduated Collection of Extracts in Prose and Poetry from Modern German writers. Edited by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc.

Part I. With English Notes, a Grammatical Appendix, and a complete Vocabulary. Fourth Edition. ... Extra fcap. 8vo. vs. 6d. Part II. With English Notes and an Index. Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. 6d. Part III. In preparation.

Iiang-e. 7 'he Germans at Home ; a Practical Introduction to German Conversation, with an Appendix containing the Essentials of German Grammar.

By HERMANN LANGE. Third Edition 8vo. zs. 6d.

Langfe. The German Manual-, a German Grammar, a Reading Book, and a Handbook of German Conversation. By the same Author.

8vo. 75. 6d.

Lange. A Grammar of the German Language, being a reprint of the Grammar contained in The German Manual. By the same Author. 8vo. 3$. 6d.

Lange. German Composition ; a Theoretical and Practical Guide to the Art of Translating English Prose into German, By the same Author.

Second Edition 8vo. 45. 6d.

[A Key in Preparation.'}

Lang-e. German Spelling : A Synopsis of the Changes which it has undergone through the Government Regulations of 1880 . Paper cover, 6d.

Becker's Friedrich der Grosse. With an Historical Sketch of the Rise of Prussia and of the Times of Frederick the Great. With Map. Edited by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc. . . . Extra fcap. 8vo. 3*. 6d.

Goethe. Egmont. With a Life of Goethe, etc. Edited by C. A.

BuCHHEiM.Phil.Doc. Third Edition. , . . Extra fcap. 8vo. 3*. Goethe. Iphigenie auf Tauris. A Drama. With a Critical Intro- duction and Notes. Edited by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc. Second Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 3$.

Heine's Harzreise. With a Life of Heine, etc. Edited by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc. Extra fcap. 8vo. stiff covers, is. 6d. cloth, zs. 6d.

LIST OF SCHOOL BOOKS. 13

Heine's Prosa, being Selections from his Prose Works. Edited with English Notes, etc., by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc. Extra fcap. 8vo. 45. 6d,

Leasing-. Laokoon. With Introduction, Notes, etc. By A. HAMANN, Phil. Doc., M.A Extra fcap. 8vo. 45. f>d.

Leasing-. Minna von lBarnhelm. A Comedy. With a Life of Lessing, Critical Analysis, Complete Commentary, etc. Edited by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc. Fifth Edition. . . . Extra fcap. 8vo. 35. 6d.

Lessing-. Nathan der Weise. With English Notes, etc. Edited by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc. Second Edition. . Extra fcap. 8vo. 45. (>d.

Niebuhr's Griechische Heroen-Geschichten. Tales of Greek Heroes. Edited with English Notes and a Vocabulary, by EMMA S. BUCHHEIM.

Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, zs.

Schiller's Historische Skizzen: — Egmonts Leben und Tod, and Bela- gerung von Antiverfen. Edited by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc. Third Edition, Revised and Enlarged, with a Map. . Extra fcap. 8vo. zs. f>d.

Schiller. Wilhelm Tell. With a Life of Schiller ; an Historical and Critical Introduction, Arguments, a Complete Commentary, and Map. Edited by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc. Sixth Edition. . Extra fcap. 8vo. 3*. 6d.

Schiller. Wilhelm Tell. Edited by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc.

School Edition. With Map Extra fcap. 8vo. zs.

Schiller. Wilhelm Tell. Translated into English Verse by E. • MASSIE, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. 55.

Schiller. Die Jungfrau von Orleans. Edited by C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc. [In preparation.}

Scherer. A History of German Literature. By W. SCHERER. Translated from the Third German Edition by Mrs. F. CONYBEARE. Edited by F. MAX MULLER. 2 vols. 8vo. Z-LS.

Max Miiller. The German Classics from the Fourth to the Nineteenth Century. With Biographical Notices, Translations into Modern German, and Notes, by F. MAX MULLER, M.A, A New edition, revised, enlarged, and adapted to WILHELM SCHERER'S History of German Literature, by F. LICHTENSTEIN. 2 vols Crown 8vo. ZT.S.

Wright. A Middle High German Primer. With Grammar, Notes, and Glossary. By JOSEPH WRIGHT, Ph. D. . . Extra fcap. 8vo. 35. 6d.

Skeat. The Gospel of St. Mark in Gothic. Edited by W. W. SKEAT,

Litt. D Extra fcap. 8vo. 4*.

Sweet. An Icelandic Primer, with Grammar, Notes, and Glossary. By HENRY SWEET, M.A Extra fcap. 8vo. 3$. ftd.

Vigfusson and Powell. An Icelandic Prose Reader, with Notes, Grammar, and Glossary. By GUDBRAND VIGFUSSON, M.A., and F. YORK POWELL, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. IQJ. 6d.

14 CLARENDON PRESS

MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

Aldis. A Text Book of Algebra (with Answers to the Examples}. By W. STEADMAN ALOIS, M.A Crown 8vo. 7$. 6d.

Hamilton and Ball. Book-keeping. By Sir R. G. C. HAMILTON, K.C.B., and JOHN BALL (of the firm of Quilter, Ball, & Co.). New and

Enlarged Edition Extra fcap. 8vo. zs .

\* Ruled Exercise Books adapted to the above. (Fcap. folio, zs.)

Hensley. Figures made Easy : a first Arithmetic Book. By LEWIS HENSLEY, M.A Crown 8vo. 6d~.

Hensley. Answers to the Examples in Figures made Easy, together with 2000 additional Examples formed from the Tables in the same, with Answers. By the same Author. ...... Crown 8vo. is,

Hensley. The Scholar's Arithmetic. By the same Author.

Crown 8vo. zs. 6d.

Hensley. Answers to the Examples ' in the Scholar's Arithmetic. By the same Author. Crown 8vo. is. 6d.

Hensley. The Scholar's Algebra. An Introductory work on Algebra. By the same Author. Crown 8vo. zs. 6d.

Baynes. Lessons on Thermodynamics. By R. E. BAYNES, M.A., Lee's Reader in Physics Crown 8vo. 75. 6d,

Donkin. Acoustics. By W.F.DoNKiN, M.A., F.R.S. Second Edition.

Crown 8vo. js. 6d.

Euclid Revised. Containing the essentials of the Elements of Plane Geometry as given by Euclid in his First Six Books. Edited by R. C. J. NIXON, M.A Crown 8vo. 7$. 6d.

May likewise be had in parts as follows: — Book I, is. Books I, II, is. 6d. Books I-IV, 3*. 6d. Books V-IV, 3*.

Euclid. Geometry in Space. Containing parts of Euclid's Eleventh

and Twelfth Books. By the same Editor. . . , . Crown 8vo. 3$. 6d.

Harcourt and Madan. Exercises in Practical Chemistry. Vol. I. Elementary Exercises. By A. G. VERNON HARCOURT, M.A. : and H. G. MADAN, M.A. Fourth Edition. Revised by H. G. Madan, M.A.

Crown 8vo. 10$. 6d.

Madan. Tables of Qualitative Analysis. Arranged by H. G. MADAN, M.A Large 4to. 4*. 6<*.

Maxwell. An Elementary Treatise on Electricity. By J. CLERK MAXWELL, M.A., F.R.S. Edited by W. GARNBTT, M.A. Demy 8vo. 75. 6d.

Stewart. A Treatise on Heat, with numerous Woodcuts and Dia- grams. By BALFOUR STEWART, LL.D., F.R.S., Professor of Natural Philosophy in Owens College, Manchester. Fifth Edition, . Extra fcap. 8vo. 75. 6a.

LIST OF SCHOOL BOOKS. 15

Williamson. Chemistry for Students. By A. W. WILLIAMSON, Phil. Doc., F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry, University College London. A new Edition "with Solutions Extra fcap. 8vo. 8s. 6d.

Combination Chemical Labels. In two Parts, gummed ready for use. Part I, Basic Radicles and Names of Elements. Part II, Acid Radicles.

Price 3$. (>d.

HISTOBY, POLITICAL ECONOMY, GEOGRAPHY, &c.

Danson. The Wealth of Households. By J. T. DANSON. Cr. 8vo. $s.

Freeman. A Short History of the Norman Conquest of England. By E. A. FREEMAN, M.A. Second Edition. . Extra fcap. 8vo. 25. 6d.

George. Genealogical Tables illustrative of Modern History. By H. B. GEORGE, M.A. Third Edition, Re-vised and Enlarged. Small 410. 125.

Hughes (Alfred). Geography for Schools. Part I, Practical Geography. With Diagrams Extra fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d.

Kitchin. A History of France. With Numerous Maps, Plans, and Tables. By G. W. KITCHIN, D.D., Dean of Winchester. Second Edition. Vol. I. To 1453. Vol. II. 1453-1624. Vol. III. 1624-1793. each IDS. 6d.

Lucas. Introduction to a Historical Geography of the British Colonies. By C. P. LUCAS, B.A. .... Crown 8vo., with 8 maps, 4*. 6d.

Kawlinson. A Manual of Ancient History. By G. RAWLINSON, M.A., Camden Professor of Ancient History. Second Edition. Demy 8vo. 145.

Rogers. A Manual of Political Economy, for the use of Schools. By J. E. THOROLD ROGERS, M.A. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. 4*. 6d.

Stubbs. The Constitutional History of England, in its Origin and Development. By WILLIAM STUBBS, D.D., Lord Bishop of Chester. Three vols. Crown 8vo. each 12$.

Stubbs. Select Charters and other Illustrations of English Con- stitutional History, from the Earliest Times to the Reign of Edward I. Arranged and edited by W. STUBBS, D.D. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo. 8s. 6d,

Stubbs. Magna Carta : a careful reprint. , . . 4t0. stitched, is.

ART.

Hullah. The Cultivation of the Speaking Voice. By JOHN HULLAH.

Extra fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d.

Maclaren. A System of Physical Education : Theoretical and Prac- tical. With 346 Illustrations drawn by A. MACDONALD, of the Oxford School of Art. By ARCHIBALD MACLAREN, the Gymnasium, Oxford. Second Edition.

Extra fcap. 8vo. js. 6d.

1 6 CLARENDON PRESS LIST OF SCHOOL BO OKS.

Troutbeck and Dale. A Music Primer for Schools. By J. TROUT- BECK, D.D., formerly Music Master in Westminster School, and R. F. DALE, M.A., B. Mus., late Assistant Master in Westminster School. Crown 8vo. is. 6d.

Tyrwhitt. A Handbook of Pictorial Art. By R. St. J. TYRWHITT,

M.A. With coloured Illustrations, Photographs, and a chapter on Perspective, by A. MACDONALD. Second Edition. . , . 8vo. half morocco^ i8s.

Upcott. An Introduction to Greek Sculpture. M.A.

By L. E. UPCOTT, Crown 8vo. 4$. 6d.

Student's Handbook

Ninth Edition. .

to the University and Colleges of Oxford. Crown 8vo. zs. 6d.

Kelps to the Study of the Bible, taken from the Oxford Bible for Teachers, comprising Summaries of the several Books, with copious Explanatory Notes and Tables illustrative of Scripture History and the Characteristics of Bible Lands ; with a complete Index of Subjects, a Concordance, a Dictionary of Proper Names, and a series of Maps. .... Crown 8vo. 3$. 6d.

%* A READING ROOM has been opened at the CLARENDON PRESS WAREHOUSE, AMEN CORNER, where visitors will find every facility for examining old and new works issued from the Press, and for consulting all official publications.

fST All communications relating to Books included in this List, and offers of new Books and new Editions, should be addressed to

THE SECRETARY TO THE DELEGATES, CLARENDON PRESS,

OXFORD.

HENRY FROWDE, OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE, AMEN CORNER.

gftinbttrgi) : 6 QUEEN STREET.

<$ jforll : CLARENDON PRESS DEPOSITORY,

116 HIGH STREET.

•71		UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO
^ N| O Ci • K> 0 Hi OJ LQ; V-3 O>		LIBRARY
fcsj i		Do not //
		/
1		remove //
5685 ..J.o.se.ph ••German- pr-i-Ri-r-r-.		the card I- :^ from this \ Pocket. \v
i f t|) its
$S^ JT^-I
g		Acme Library Card Pocket
3 tS < H		Under Pat. " Ref. Index File." Made by LIBRARY BUREAU